1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 namespace {
132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
133   NotFound,
134   FoundNonType,
135   FoundType
136 };
137 } // namespace
138 
139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
140 /// dependent class.
141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
145                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
146                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
147   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
148     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
149   // Look for type decls in base classes.
150   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
151       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
152   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
153     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
154     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
155       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
156     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
157       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
158       // templates.
159       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
160         continue;
161       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
162       if (!TD)
163         continue;
164       auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
165           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
166       if (!BasePrimaryTemplate)
167         continue;
168       BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
169     }
170     if (BaseRD) {
171       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
172         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
173           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
174         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
175       }
176       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
177         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
178         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
179           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
180         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
181           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
182           break;
183         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
184           break;
185         }
186       }
187     }
188   }
189 
190   return FoundTypeDecl;
191 }
192 
193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
194                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
195                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
196   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
197   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
198   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
199       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
200   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
201        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
202        DC = DC->getParent()) {
203     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
204     // templates.
205     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
206     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
207       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
208   }
209   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
210     return ParsedType();
211 
212   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
213   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
214   // lookup during template instantiation.
215   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
216 
217   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
218   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
219                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
220   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
221 
222   CXXScopeSpec SS;
223   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
224 
225   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
226   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
227   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
228   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
229   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
230   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
231 }
232 
233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
234 /// return the declaration of that type.
235 ///
236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
242                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
243                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
244                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
245                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
246                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
247                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
248   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
249   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
250   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
251     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
252     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
253       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
254   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
255     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
256 
257     if (!LookupCtx) {
258       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
259         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
260         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
261         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
262         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
263         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
264         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
265         //
266         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
267         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
268         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
269           return ParsedType();
270 
271         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
272         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
273         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
274           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
275 
276         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
277         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
278                                        II, NameLoc);
279         return ParsedType::make(T);
280       }
281 
282       return ParsedType();
283     }
284 
285     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
286         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
287       return ParsedType();
288   }
289 
290   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
291   // lookup for class-names.
292   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
293                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
294   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
295   if (LookupCtx) {
296     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
297     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
298     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
299     // nested-name-specifier.
300     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
301 
302     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
303       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
304       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
305       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
306       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
307       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
308       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
309       LookupName(Result, S);
310     }
311   } else {
312     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
313     LookupName(Result, S);
314 
315     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
316     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
317     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
318       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
319               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
320         return TypeInBase;
321     }
322   }
323 
324   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
325   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
326   case LookupResult::NotFound:
327   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
328     if (CorrectedII) {
329       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(
330           Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
331           llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName),
332           CTK_ErrorRecovery);
333       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
334       TemplateTy Template;
335       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
336       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
337       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
338       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
339       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
340       if (SS && NNS) {
341         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
342         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
343       }
344       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
345           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
346           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
347           // is handled elsewhere).
348           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
349             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
350                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
351         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
352                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
353                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
354                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
355         if (Ty) {
356           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
357                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
358                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
359           if (SS && NNS)
360             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
361           *CorrectedII = NewII;
362           return Ty;
363         }
364       }
365     }
366     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
367   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
368   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
369     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
370     return ParsedType();
371 
372   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
373     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
374     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
375     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
376     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
377     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
378     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
379       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
380       return ParsedType();
381     }
382 
383     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
384     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
385          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
386       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
387         if (!IIDecl ||
388             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
389               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
390           IIDecl = *Res;
391       }
392     }
393 
394     if (!IIDecl) {
395       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
396       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
397       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
398       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
399       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
400       // a type name.
401       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
402       return ParsedType();
403     }
404 
405     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
406     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
407     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
408     // perform the name lookup again.
409     break;
410 
411   case LookupResult::Found:
412     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
413     break;
414   }
415 
416   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
417 
418   QualType T;
419   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
420     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
421 
422     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
423     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
424 
425     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
426     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
427     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
428     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
429       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
430         // Construct a type with type-source information.
431         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
432         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
433 
434         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
435         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
436         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
437         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
438         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
439       } else {
440         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
441       }
442     }
443   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
444     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
445     if (!HasTrailingDot)
446       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
447   }
448 
449   if (T.isNull()) {
450     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
451     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
452     return ParsedType();
453   }
454   return ParsedType::make(T);
455 }
456 
457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
458 static NestedNameSpecifier *
459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
460   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
461     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
462     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
463     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
464       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
465     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
466       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
467                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
468     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
469       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
470   }
471   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
472 }
473 
474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
475                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
476   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
477   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
478   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
479 
480   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
481   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
482   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
483   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
484       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
485   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
486 
487   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
488   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
489   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
490   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
491   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
492 
493   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
494   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
495   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
496   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
497   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
498   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
499 }
500 
501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
507   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
508   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
509   LookupName(R, S, false);
510   R.suppressDiagnostics();
511   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
512     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
513       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
514       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
515       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
516       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
517       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
518       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
519       }
520     }
521 
522   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
523 }
524 
525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
529 /// @code
530 /// template<class T> class A {
531 /// public:
532 ///   typedef int TYPE;
533 /// };
534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
535 /// public:
536 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
537 /// };
538 /// @endcode
539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
540   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
541     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
542       return true;
543 
544     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
545 
546     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
547     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
548       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
549         return true;
550     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
551   }
552   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
553 }
554 
555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
556                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
557                                    Scope *S,
558                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
559                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
560                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
561   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
562   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
563 
564   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
565   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
566   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
567           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
568                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
569                           false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
570                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
571     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
572       // We corrected to a keyword.
573       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
574       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
575     } else {
576       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
577       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
578         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
579                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
580       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
581         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
582         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
583                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
584         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
585                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
586                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
587       } else {
588         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
589       }
590 
591       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
592       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
593         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
594                           SourceRange(IILoc));
595       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
596                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
597                                   false, ParsedType(),
598                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
599                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
600     }
601     return;
602   }
603 
604   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
605     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
606     UnqualifiedId Name;
607     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
608     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
609     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
610     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
611     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
612                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
613                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
614       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
615       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
616       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
617         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
618           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
619       }
620       return;
621     }
622   }
623 
624   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
625   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
626 
627   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
628     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
629   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
630     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
631       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
632   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
633     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
634     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
635       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
636 
637     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
638       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
639       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
640       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
641     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
642                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
643   } else {
644     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
645            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
646   }
647 }
648 
649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
650 /// or
651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
652   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
653                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
654 
655   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
656     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
657       return true;
658 
659     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
660       return true;
661   }
662 
663   return false;
664 }
665 
666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
667                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
668                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
669                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
670   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
671   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
672   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
673     StringRef FixItTagName;
674     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
675       case TTK_Class:
676         FixItTagName = "class ";
677         break;
678 
679       case TTK_Enum:
680         FixItTagName = "enum ";
681         break;
682 
683       case TTK_Struct:
684         FixItTagName = "struct ";
685         break;
686 
687       case TTK_Interface:
688         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
689         break;
690 
691       case TTK_Union:
692         FixItTagName = "union ";
693         break;
694     }
695 
696     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
697     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
698       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
699       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
700 
701     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
702          I != IEnd; ++I)
703       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
704         << Name << TagName;
705 
706     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
707     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
708     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
709     return true;
710   }
711 
712   return false;
713 }
714 
715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
717                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
718   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
719 
720   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
721   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
722 
723   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
724   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
725   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
726   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
727   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
728 }
729 
730 Sema::NameClassification
731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
732                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
733                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
734                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
735   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
736   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
737 
738   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
739     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
740                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
741   }
742 
743   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
744   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
745 
746   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
747   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
748   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
749     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
750             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
751       return TypeInBase;
752   }
753 
754   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
755   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
756   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
757   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
758   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
759     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
760     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
761       return E;
762   }
763 
764   bool SecondTry = false;
765   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
766 
767 Corrected:
768   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
769   case LookupResult::NotFound:
770     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
771     // call.
772     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
773       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
774       // FIXME: Reference?
775       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
776         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
777 
778       // C90 6.3.2.2:
779       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
780       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
781       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
782       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
783       //   the function call, the declaration
784       //
785       //     extern int identifier ();
786       //
787       //   appeared.
788       //
789       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
790       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
791         Result.addDecl(D);
792         Result.resolveKind();
793         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
794       }
795     }
796 
797     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
798     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
799     // "struct", or "union".
800     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
801         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
802       break;
803     }
804 
805     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
806     // close to this name.
807     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
808       SecondTry = true;
809       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
810                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
811                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
812                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
813         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
814         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
815 
816         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
817         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
818           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
819         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
820             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
821           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
822           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
823         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
824                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
825                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
826                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
827           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
828           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
829         }
830 
831         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
832           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
833         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
834           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
835           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
836                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
837           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
838                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
839                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
840         }
841 
842         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
843         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
844 
845         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
846         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
847           return Name;
848 
849         // Also update the LookupResult...
850         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
851         Result.clear();
852         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
853         if (FirstDecl)
854           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
855 
856         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
857         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
858         // reference the ivar.
859         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
860         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
861           Result.clear();
862           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
863           return E;
864         }
865 
866         goto Corrected;
867       }
868     }
869 
870     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
871     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
872     return NameClassification::Unknown();
873 
874   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
875     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
876     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
877     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
878 
879     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
880     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
881     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
882     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
883     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
884     //
885     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
886     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
887     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
888     // keyword here.
889     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
890                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
891                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
892   }
893 
894   case LookupResult::Found:
895   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
896   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
897     break;
898 
899   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
900     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
901         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
902       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
903       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
904       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
905       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
906       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
907       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
908       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
909       //   ambiguous.
910       //
911       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
912       // so try again after filtering out template names.
913       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
914       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
915         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
916         break;
917       }
918     }
919 
920     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
921     return NameClassification::Error();
922   }
923 
924   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
925       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
926     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
927     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
928     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
929     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
930     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
931     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
932     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
933       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
934 
935     if (!Result.empty()) {
936       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
937       bool IsVarTemplate;
938       TemplateName Template;
939       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
940         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
941         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
942                                                      Result.end());
943       } else {
944         TemplateDecl *TD
945           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
946         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
947         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
948 
949         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
950           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
951                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
952                                                       TD);
953         else
954           Template = TemplateName(TD);
955       }
956 
957       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
958         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
959         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
960         // to based on which function we selected.
961         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
962 
963         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
964       }
965 
966       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
967                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
968     }
969   }
970 
971   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
972   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
973     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
974     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
975     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
976     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
977       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
978     return ParsedType::make(T);
979   }
980 
981   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
982   if (!Class) {
983     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
984     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
985             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
986       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
987   }
988 
989   if (Class) {
990     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
991 
992     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
993       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
994       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
995       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
996       return NameClassification::Unknown();
997     }
998 
999     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1000     return ParsedType::make(T);
1001   }
1002 
1003   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1004   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1005     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1006         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1007 
1008   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1009   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1010   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1011   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1012        (NextIsOp &&
1013         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1014       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1015     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1016     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1017     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1018     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1019       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1020     return ParsedType::make(T);
1021   }
1022 
1023   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1024     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1025                                            nullptr);
1026 
1027   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1028   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1029 }
1030 
1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1032 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1035 
1036   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1037   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1038   // the context we'll need to return to.
1039   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1040   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1041   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1042   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1043   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1044   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1045   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1046   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1047   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1048   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1049     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1050 
1051     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1052     // lexical context.
1053     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1054       return DC;
1055 
1056     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1057     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1058     // class is the context we need to return to.
1059     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1060       DC = RD;
1061 
1062     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1063     // declared in.
1064     return DC;
1065   }
1066 
1067   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1068 }
1069 
1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1071   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1072       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1073   CurContext = DC;
1074   S->setEntity(DC);
1075 }
1076 
1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1078   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1079 
1080   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1081   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1082 }
1083 
1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1085                                                                     Decl *D) {
1086   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1087   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1088   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1089   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1090   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1091   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1092   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1093   return Result;
1094 }
1095 
1096 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1097   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1098 }
1099 
1100 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1101 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1102 ///
1103 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1104   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1105   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1106   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1107   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1108   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1109   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1110   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1111   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1112   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1113   //   namespace.
1114   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1115   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1116   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1117   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1118   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1119 
1120   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1121 
1122 #ifndef NDEBUG
1123   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1124   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1125   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1126 #endif
1127 
1128   CurContext = DC;
1129   S->setEntity(DC);
1130 }
1131 
1132 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1133   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1134 
1135   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1136   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1137   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1138   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1139   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1140 
1141   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1142   // disappear.
1143 }
1144 
1145 
1146 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1147   // We assume that the caller has already called
1148   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1149   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1150   if (!FD)
1151     return;
1152 
1153   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1154   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1155   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1156     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1157   CurContext = FD;
1158   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1159 
1160   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1161     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1162     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1163     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1164       S->AddDecl(Param);
1165       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1166     }
1167   }
1168 }
1169 
1170 
1171 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1172   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1173   // rather than the top-level class.
1174   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1175   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1176   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1177 }
1178 
1179 
1180 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1181 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1182 ///
1183 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1184 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1185 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1186 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1187 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1188 /// attribute.
1189 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1190                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1191   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1192     return true;
1193 
1194   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1195     return true;
1196 
1197   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1198           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1199 }
1200 
1201 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1202 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1203   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1204   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1205   // scope.
1206   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1207     S = S->getParent();
1208 
1209   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1210   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1211   // into any context.
1212   if (AddToContext)
1213     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1214 
1215   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1216   // are function-local declarations.
1217   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1218       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1219         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1220       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1221     return;
1222 
1223   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1224   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1225       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1226     return;
1227 
1228   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1229   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1230                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1231   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1232     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1233       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1234       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1235 
1236       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1237       break;
1238     }
1239   }
1240 
1241   S->AddDecl(D);
1242 
1243   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1244     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1245     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1246     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1247     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1248       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1249       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1250         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1251           continue;
1252       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1253         break;
1254     }
1255 
1256     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1257   } else {
1258     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1259   }
1260 }
1261 
1262 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1263   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1264     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1265 }
1266 
1267 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1268                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1269   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1270 }
1271 
1272 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1273   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1274   do {
1275     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1276       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1277         return S;
1278   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1279 
1280   return nullptr;
1281 }
1282 
1283 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1284                                             DeclContext*,
1285                                             ASTContext&);
1286 
1287 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1288 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1289 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1290                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1291                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1292   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1293   while (F.hasNext()) {
1294     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1295 
1296     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1297       continue;
1298 
1299     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1300       continue;
1301 
1302     F.erase();
1303   }
1304 
1305   F.done();
1306 }
1307 
1308 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1309   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1310          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1311          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1312 }
1313 
1314 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1315 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1316   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1317   while (F.hasNext())
1318     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1319       F.erase();
1320 
1321   F.done();
1322 }
1323 
1324 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1325 /// @code
1326 /// class S {
1327 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1328 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1329 /// };
1330 /// @endcode
1331 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1332   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1333   // the decl here.
1334   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1335     return false;
1336 
1337   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1338     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1339   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1340     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1341   return false;
1342 }
1343 
1344 // We need this to handle
1345 //
1346 // typedef struct {
1347 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1348 // } A;
1349 //
1350 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1351 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1352 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1353 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1354 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1355 // not.
1356 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1357   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1358   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1359     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1360       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1361         return true;
1362     }
1363     DC = DC->getParent();
1364   }
1365 
1366   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1367 }
1368 
1369 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1370 // these semantics.
1371 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1372   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1373     return false;
1374   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1375 }
1376 
1377 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1378   assert(D);
1379 
1380   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1381     return false;
1382 
1383   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1384   // of members of class templates.
1385   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1386       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1387     return false;
1388 
1389   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1390     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1391       return false;
1392 
1393     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1394       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1395         return false;
1396     } else {
1397       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1398       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1399         return false;
1400     }
1401 
1402     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1403         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1404       return false;
1405   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1406     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1407     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1408     // like "inline".)
1409     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1410       return false;
1411 
1412     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1413       return false;
1414 
1415     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1416         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1417       return false;
1418   } else {
1419     return false;
1420   }
1421 
1422   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1423   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1424   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1425   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1426 }
1427 
1428 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1429   if (!D)
1430     return;
1431 
1432   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1433     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1434     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1435       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1436   }
1437 
1438   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1439     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1440     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1441       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1442   }
1443 
1444   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1445     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1446 }
1447 
1448 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1449   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1450     return false;
1451 
1452   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1453       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1454     return false;
1455 
1456   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1457     return true;
1458 
1459   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1460   // functions.
1461   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1462   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1463     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1464     WithinFunction =
1465         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1466   if (!WithinFunction)
1467     return false;
1468 
1469   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1470     return true;
1471 
1472   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1473   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1474     return false;
1475 
1476   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1477   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1478 
1479     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1480     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1481 
1482     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1483     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1484       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1485         return false;
1486     }
1487 
1488     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1489     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1490     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1491       return false;
1492 
1493     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1494       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1495       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1496         return false;
1497 
1498       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1499         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1500           return false;
1501 
1502         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1503           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1504                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1505             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1506           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1507             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1508           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1509             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1510             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1511               return false;
1512           }
1513         }
1514       }
1515     }
1516 
1517     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1518   }
1519 
1520   return true;
1521 }
1522 
1523 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1524                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1525   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1526     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1527                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1528     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1529       return;
1530     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1531                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1532   }
1533   return;
1534 }
1535 
1536 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1537   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1538     return;
1539 
1540   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1541     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1542       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1543     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1544       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1545   }
1546 }
1547 
1548 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1549 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1550 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1551   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1552     return;
1553 
1554   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1555     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1556     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1557     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1558     return;
1559   }
1560 
1561   FixItHint Hint;
1562   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1563 
1564   unsigned DiagID;
1565   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1566     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1567   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1568     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1569   else
1570     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1571 
1572   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1573 }
1574 
1575 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1576   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1577   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1578   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1579   // MS inline assembly label name.
1580   bool Diagnose = false;
1581   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1582     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1583   else
1584     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1585   if (Diagnose)
1586     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1587 }
1588 
1589 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1590   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1591 
1592   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1593   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1594          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1595 
1596   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1597     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1598 
1599     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1600     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1601 
1602     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1603 
1604     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1605     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1606       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1607       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1608         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1609     }
1610 
1611     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1612     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1613       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1614 
1615     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1616     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1617   }
1618 }
1619 
1620 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1621 ///
1622 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1623 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1624 /// to the fixed name.
1625 ///
1626 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1627 ///
1628 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1629 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1630 ///
1631 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1632 /// class could not be found.
1633 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1634                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1635                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1636   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1637   // creation from this context.
1638   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1639 
1640   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1641     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1642     // find an Objective-C class name.
1643     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1644             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1645             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1646             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1647       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1648       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1649       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1650     }
1651   }
1652   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1653   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1654   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1655       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1656   return Def;
1657 }
1658 
1659 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1660 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1661 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1662 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1663 /// ill-formed in C++:
1664 /// @code
1665 /// struct S6 {
1666 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1667 /// };
1668 ///
1669 /// void test_S6() {
1670 ///   struct S6 a;
1671 ///   a.e = BAR;
1672 /// }
1673 /// @endcode
1674 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1675 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1676 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1677 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1678 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1679 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1680 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1681 /// contain non-field names.
1682 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1683   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1684          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1685          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1686     S = S->getParent();
1687   return S;
1688 }
1689 
1690 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1691 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1692 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1693 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1694 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1695                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1696   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1697     return;
1698   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1699 
1700   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1701                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1702   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1703   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1704     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1705       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1706 }
1707 
1708 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1709   switch (Error) {
1710   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1711     return "";
1712   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1713     return "stdio.h";
1714   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1715     return "setjmp.h";
1716   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1717     return "ucontext.h";
1718   }
1719   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1720 }
1721 
1722 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1723 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1724 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1725 /// built-in.
1726 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1727                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1728                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1729   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1730 
1731   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1732   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1733   if (Error) {
1734     if (ForRedeclaration)
1735       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1736           << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1737     return nullptr;
1738   }
1739 
1740   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) {
1741     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1742         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
1743     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1744         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1745       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1746           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1747           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1748   }
1749 
1750   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1751   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1752     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1753         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1754                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1755     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1756     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1757     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1758   }
1759 
1760   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1761                                            Parent,
1762                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1763                                            SC_Extern,
1764                                            false,
1765                                            R->isFunctionProtoType());
1766   New->setImplicit();
1767 
1768   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1769   // FunctionDecl.
1770   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1771     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1772     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1773       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1774           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1775                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1776                               SC_None, nullptr);
1777       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1778       Params.push_back(parm);
1779     }
1780     New->setParams(Params);
1781   }
1782 
1783   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1784   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1785 
1786   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1787   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1788   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1789   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1790   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1791   CurContext = Parent;
1792   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1793   CurContext = SavedContext;
1794   return New;
1795 }
1796 
1797 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1798 /// entity if their types are the same.
1799 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1800 /// isSameEntity.
1801 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
1802                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1803                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1804   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1805   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
1806     return;
1807 
1808   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1809   if (Previous.empty())
1810     return;
1811 
1812   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1813   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1814     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1815 
1816     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1817     if (S.isVisible(Old))
1818       continue;
1819 
1820     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1821     // different linkages.
1822     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1823       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1824                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1825         continue;
1826 
1827       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
1828       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
1829       if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
1830           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
1831         continue;
1832     }
1833 
1834     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1835       Filter.erase();
1836   }
1837 
1838   Filter.done();
1839 }
1840 
1841 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1842   QualType OldType;
1843   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1844     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1845   else
1846     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1847   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1848 
1849   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1850     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1851     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1852     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1853       << Kind << NewType;
1854     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1855       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1856     New->setInvalidDecl();
1857     return true;
1858   }
1859 
1860   if (OldType != NewType &&
1861       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1862       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1863       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1864     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1865     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1866       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1867     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1868       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1869     New->setInvalidDecl();
1870     return true;
1871   }
1872   return false;
1873 }
1874 
1875 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1876 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1877 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1878 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1879 ///
1880 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1881   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1882   // merging checks.
1883   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1884 
1885   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1886   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1887   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1888     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1889     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1890     default: break;
1891     case 2:
1892       {
1893         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1894           break;
1895         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1896         if (!T->isPointerType())
1897           break;
1898         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1899           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1900           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1901             break;
1902         }
1903         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1904         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1905         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1906         return;
1907       }
1908     case 5:
1909       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1910         break;
1911       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1912       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1913       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1914       return;
1915     case 3:
1916       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1917         break;
1918       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1919       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1920       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1921       return;
1922     }
1923     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1924   }
1925 
1926   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1927   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1928   if (!Old) {
1929     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1930       << New->getDeclName();
1931 
1932     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1933     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1934       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1935 
1936     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1937   }
1938 
1939   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1940   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1941     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1942 
1943   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1944     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
1945     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
1946     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
1947     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag &&
1948         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
1949         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
1950       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
1951       // instead of our tag.
1952       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
1953       if (OldTD->isModed())
1954         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
1955                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
1956       else
1957         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
1958 
1959       // Make the old tag definition visible.
1960       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation());
1961     }
1962   }
1963 
1964   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1965   // with any extensions enabled.
1966   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1967     return;
1968 
1969   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1970   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1971   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1972     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1973     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1974   }
1975 
1976   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1977     return;
1978 
1979   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1980     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1981     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1982     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1983     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1984     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1985       return;
1986 
1987     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1988     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1989     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1990     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1991     //
1992     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1993     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1994     //
1995     //   struct S {
1996     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1997     //   };
1998     //
1999     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2000     // allow the above but disallow
2001     //
2002     //   struct S {
2003     //     typedef int I;
2004     //     typedef int I;
2005     //   };
2006     //
2007     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2008     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2009       return;
2010 
2011     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2012       << New->getDeclName();
2013     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2014     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2015   }
2016 
2017   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2018   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2019     return;
2020 
2021   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2022   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2023   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2024   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2025   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2026       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2027        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2028     return;
2029 
2030   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2031     << New->getDeclName();
2032   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2033 }
2034 
2035 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2036 /// attribute.
2037 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2038   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2039   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2040   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2041     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2042       if (Ann) {
2043         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2044           return true;
2045         continue;
2046       }
2047       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2048       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2049         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2050       return true;
2051     }
2052 
2053   return false;
2054 }
2055 
2056 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2057   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2058     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2059   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2060     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2061   return true;
2062 }
2063 
2064 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2065 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2066 ///
2067 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2068 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2069   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2070   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2071   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2072   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2073   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2074   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2075     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2076     // in a case like:
2077     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2078     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2079     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2080     // definition in such a case.
2081     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2082       return false;
2083 
2084     if (I->isAlignas())
2085       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2086 
2087     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2088     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2089       OldAlign = Align;
2090       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2091     }
2092   }
2093 
2094   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2095   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2096   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2097   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2098     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2099       return false;
2100 
2101     if (I->isAlignas())
2102       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2103 
2104     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2105     if (Align > NewAlign)
2106       NewAlign = Align;
2107   }
2108 
2109   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2110     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2111     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2112     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2113     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2114 
2115     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2116     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2117     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2118       QualType Ty;
2119       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2120         Ty = VD->getType();
2121       else
2122         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2123 
2124       if (OldAlign == 0)
2125         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2126       if (NewAlign == 0)
2127         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2128     }
2129 
2130     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2131       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2132         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2133         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2134       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2135     }
2136   }
2137 
2138   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2139     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2140     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2141     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2142     //   equivalent alignment.
2143     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2144     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2145     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2146     //   have no alignment specifier.
2147     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2148       << OldAlignasAttr;
2149     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2150       << OldAlignasAttr;
2151   }
2152 
2153   bool AnyAdded = false;
2154 
2155   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2156   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2157     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2158     Clone->setInherited(true);
2159     New->addAttr(Clone);
2160     AnyAdded = true;
2161   }
2162 
2163   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2164   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2165       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2166     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2167     Clone->setInherited(true);
2168     New->addAttr(Clone);
2169     AnyAdded = true;
2170   }
2171 
2172   return AnyAdded;
2173 }
2174 
2175 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2176                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
2177   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2178   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2179   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2180     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2181                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2182                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2183                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
2184                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2185   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2186     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2187                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2188   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2189     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2190                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2191   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2192     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2193                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2194   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2195     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2196                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2197   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2198     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2199                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2200                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2201   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2202     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2203                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2204   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2205     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2206                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2207                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2208   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2209     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(),
2210                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()),
2211                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2212   else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2213     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2214   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2215     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2216   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2217     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2218     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2219     NewAttr = nullptr;
2220   else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override)
2221     NewAttr = nullptr;
2222   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2223     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2224 
2225   if (NewAttr) {
2226     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2227     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2228     return true;
2229   }
2230 
2231   return false;
2232 }
2233 
2234 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2235   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2236     return TD->getDefinition();
2237   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2238     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2239     if (Def)
2240       return Def;
2241     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2242   }
2243   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2244     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2245     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2246       return Def;
2247   }
2248   return nullptr;
2249 }
2250 
2251 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2252   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2253     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2254       return true;
2255   return false;
2256 }
2257 
2258 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2259 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2260 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2261   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2262     return;
2263 
2264   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2265   if (!Def || Def == New)
2266     return;
2267 
2268   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2269   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2270     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2271 
2272     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2273       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2274         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2275       else {
2276         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2277         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2278                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2279                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2280                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2281         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2282         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2283         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2284       }
2285       ++I;
2286       continue;
2287     }
2288 
2289     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2290       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2291       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2292         ++I;
2293         continue;
2294       }
2295     }
2296 
2297     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2298       ++I;
2299       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2300     }
2301 
2302     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2303       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2304       ++I;
2305       continue;
2306     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2307       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2308         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2309         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2310         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2311         //   equivalent alignment.
2312         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2313         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2314         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2315         //   have no alignment specifier.
2316         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2317           << AA;
2318         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2319           << AA;
2320         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2321         --E;
2322         continue;
2323       }
2324     }
2325 
2326     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2327            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2328     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2329     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2330     --E;
2331   }
2332 }
2333 
2334 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2335 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2336                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2337   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2338     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2339     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2340     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2341   }
2342 
2343   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2344     return;
2345 
2346   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2347   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2348 
2349   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2350     return;
2351 
2352   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2353 
2354   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2355   // we process them.
2356   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2357 
2358   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2359     bool Override = false;
2360     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2361     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2362         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2363         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2364       switch (AMK) {
2365       case AMK_None:
2366         continue;
2367 
2368       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2369         break;
2370 
2371       case AMK_Override:
2372         Override = true;
2373         break;
2374       }
2375     }
2376 
2377     // Already handled.
2378     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2379       continue;
2380 
2381     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2382       foundAny = true;
2383   }
2384 
2385   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2386     foundAny = true;
2387 
2388   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2389 }
2390 
2391 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2392 /// to the new one.
2393 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2394                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2395                                      Sema &S) {
2396   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2397   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2398   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2399   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2400   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2401   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2402     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2403            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2404     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2405     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2406     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2407       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2408     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2409       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2410     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2411            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2412   }
2413 
2414   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2415     return;
2416 
2417   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2418 
2419   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2420   // done before we process them.
2421   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2422 
2423   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2424     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2425       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2426         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2427       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2428       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2429       foundAny = true;
2430     }
2431   }
2432 
2433   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2434 }
2435 
2436 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
2437                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
2438                                 Sema &S) {
2439   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2440     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2441       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
2442         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
2443           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2444                *Newnullability,
2445                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2446                 != 0))
2447           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2448                *Oldnullability,
2449                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2450                 != 0));
2451         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2452       }
2453     } else {
2454       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
2455       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
2456                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
2457                          NewT, NewT);
2458       NewParam->setType(NewT);
2459     }
2460   }
2461 }
2462 
2463 namespace {
2464 
2465 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2466 /// C.
2467 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2468   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2469   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2470   QualType PromotedType;
2471 };
2472 
2473 }
2474 
2475 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2476 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2477   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2478     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2479       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2480 
2481     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2482       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2483 
2484     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2485       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2486   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2487     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2488   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2489     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2490   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2491     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2492   }
2493 
2494   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2495 }
2496 
2497 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2498 // declaration, or a declaration.
2499 template <typename T>
2500 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2501 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2502   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2503   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2504   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2505     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2506   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2507     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2508     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2509       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2510   } else
2511     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2512   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2513 }
2514 
2515 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2516 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2517 /// GNU89 mode.
2518 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2519                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2520   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2521           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2522           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2523           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2524 }
2525 
2526 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2527   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2528   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2529     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2530   return AT;
2531 }
2532 
2533 template <typename T>
2534 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2535   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2536   if (DC->isRecord())
2537     return false;
2538 
2539   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2540   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2541     return true;
2542   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2543     return true;
2544   return false;
2545 }
2546 
2547 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
2548 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
2549 
2550 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
2551 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
2552 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
2553 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
2554 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
2555                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
2556   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
2557   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
2558   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
2559   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
2560   //      and function templates; or
2561   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
2562   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
2563   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
2564   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
2565   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
2566 
2567   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2568   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2569   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2570   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2571   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2572 
2573   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
2574   if (Old &&
2575       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2576           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2577       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
2578     Old = nullptr;
2579 
2580   if (!Old) {
2581     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2582     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
2583     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2584     return true;
2585   }
2586   return false;
2587 }
2588 
2589 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2590 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2591 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2592 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2593 ///
2594 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2595 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2596 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2597 /// merged with.
2598 ///
2599 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2600 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2601                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2602   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2603   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2604   if (!Old) {
2605     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2606       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2607         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2608         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2609              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2610         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2611              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2612         return true;
2613       }
2614 
2615       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2616       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
2617         return true;
2618       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2619     } else {
2620       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2621         << New->getDeclName();
2622       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2623       return true;
2624     }
2625   }
2626 
2627   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2628   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2629     return true;
2630 
2631   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2632   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2633   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2634       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2635 
2636   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2637   // is an extern inline function.
2638   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2639   // storage classes.
2640   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2641       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2642       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2643       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2644       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2645     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2646       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2647       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2648     } else {
2649       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2650       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2651       return true;
2652     }
2653   }
2654 
2655 
2656   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2657   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2658   // convention of the first.
2659   //
2660   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2661   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2662   //
2663   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2664   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2665   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2666   //
2667   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2668   // other tests to run.
2669   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2670   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2671   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2672   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2673   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2674   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2675   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2676 
2677   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2678     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2679     const FunctionType *FT =
2680         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2681     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2682     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2683     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2684       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2685       // there but not here.
2686       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2687       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2688     } else {
2689       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2690       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2691       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2692         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2693         << !FirstCCExplicit
2694         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2695             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2696 
2697       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2698       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2699       return true;
2700     }
2701   }
2702 
2703   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2704   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2705     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2706     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2707   }
2708 
2709   // Merge regparm attribute.
2710   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2711       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2712     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2713       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2714         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2715         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2716       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2717       return true;
2718     }
2719 
2720     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2721     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2722   }
2723 
2724   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2725   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2726     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2727       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2728       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2729       return true;
2730     }
2731 
2732     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2733     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2734   }
2735 
2736   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2737     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2738     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2739     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2740     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2741     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2742   }
2743 
2744   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2745   // UndefinedButUsed.
2746   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2747       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2748       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
2749       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2750       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2751     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2752                                            SourceLocation()));
2753 
2754   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2755   // about it.
2756   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2757       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2758     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2759   }
2760 
2761   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2762     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2763     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2764     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2765     //        cannot be overloaded.
2766 
2767     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2768     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2769     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2770     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2771     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2772     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2773         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2774              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2775              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2776     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2777         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2778              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2779              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2780     QualType ResQT;
2781     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2782         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2783           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2784       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2785           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2786         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2787       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2788         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2789           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2790               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2791         else
2792           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2793               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2794         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2795                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2796         return true;
2797       }
2798       else
2799         NewQType = ResQT;
2800     }
2801 
2802     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2803     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2804     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2805       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2806       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2807       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2808       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2809         New->setType(
2810             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2811                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2812                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2813         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2814             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2815                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2816                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2817       }
2818     }
2819 
2820     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2821     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2822     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2823       // Preserve triviality.
2824       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2825 
2826       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2827       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2828       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2829       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2830                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2831                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2832       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2833 
2834       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2835           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2836         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2837         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2838         //       is a static member function declaration.
2839         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2840           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2841           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2842           return true;
2843         }
2844 
2845         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2846         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2847         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2848         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2849         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2850           unsigned NewDiag;
2851           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2852             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2853           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2854             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2855           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2856             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2857           else
2858             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2859 
2860           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2861         } else {
2862           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2863             << New << New->getType();
2864         }
2865         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2866         return true;
2867 
2868       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2869       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2870       //
2871       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2872       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2873       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2874         if (isFriend) {
2875           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2876         } else {
2877           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2878                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2879             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2880           return true;
2881         }
2882       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2883         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2884              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2885           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2886         return true;
2887       }
2888     }
2889 
2890     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2891     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2892     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2893     //   attribute.
2894     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2895     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2896       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2897       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2898            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2899     }
2900 
2901     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2902     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2903     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2904     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2905     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2906     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2907       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2908            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2909       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2910            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2911     }
2912 
2913     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2914     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2915     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2916     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2917 
2918     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2919     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2920     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2921       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2922       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2923         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2924       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2925       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2926     }
2927 
2928     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2929       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2930       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2931       //
2932       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2933       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2934       // linkage within class scope.
2935       //
2936       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2937       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2938         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2939         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2940       } else {
2941         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2942         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2943         return true;
2944       }
2945     }
2946 
2947     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2948       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2949 
2950     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2951         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2952       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2953       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2954       // when we instantiate the function.
2955       return false;
2956     }
2957 
2958     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2959   }
2960 
2961   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2962   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2963   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2964       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2965     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2966     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2967     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2968     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2969         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2970       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2971       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2972       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2973       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2974       NewQType =
2975           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2976                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2977       New->setType(NewQType);
2978       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2979 
2980       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2981       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2982       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2983         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2984                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2985                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2986                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2987         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2988         Param->setImplicit();
2989         Params.push_back(Param);
2990       }
2991 
2992       New->setParams(Params);
2993     }
2994 
2995     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2996   }
2997 
2998   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2999   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3000   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3001   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3002   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3003   // the prototype.
3004   //
3005   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3006   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3007   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3008   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3009   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3010       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3011       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3012       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3013     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3014     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3015     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3016       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3017     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3018       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3019 
3020     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3021     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3022                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3023     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3024     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3025          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3026       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3027       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3028       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3029                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3030         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3031       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3032                                             NewParm->getType(),
3033                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3034         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3035                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3036         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3037         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3038       } else
3039         LooseCompatible = false;
3040     }
3041 
3042     if (LooseCompatible) {
3043       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3044         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3045              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3046           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3047           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3048         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3049           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3050                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3051       }
3052 
3053       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3054         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3055                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3056       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3057     }
3058 
3059     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3060   }
3061 
3062   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3063   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3064 
3065   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3066   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3067   unsigned BuiltinID;
3068   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3069     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3070     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3071     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3072       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3073       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3074         << Old << Old->getType();
3075 
3076       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3077       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3078       //
3079       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
3080       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3081       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3082       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3083       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3084       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3085         New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin();
3086 
3087       return false;
3088     }
3089 
3090     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3091   }
3092 
3093   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3094   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3095   return true;
3096 }
3097 
3098 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3099 /// known to be compatible.
3100 ///
3101 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3102 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3103 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3104 /// redeclaration of Old.
3105 ///
3106 /// \returns false
3107 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3108                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3109   // Merge the attributes
3110   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3111 
3112   // Merge "pure" flag.
3113   if (Old->isPure())
3114     New->setPure();
3115 
3116   // Merge "used" flag.
3117   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3118     New->setIsUsed();
3119 
3120   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3121   // declarations.
3122   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3123       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3124         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3125         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3126         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3127         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3128       }
3129 
3130   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3131     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3132 
3133   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3134   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3135   // was visible.
3136   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3137   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3138     New->setType(Merged);
3139 
3140   return false;
3141 }
3142 
3143 
3144 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3145                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3146 
3147   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3148   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3149     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3150                                                    : AMK_Override;
3151   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3152 
3153   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3154   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3155                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3156   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3157          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3158        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3159     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3160 
3161   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3162 }
3163 
3164 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3165 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3166 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3167 ///
3168 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3169 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3170 /// is attached.
3171 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3172                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3173   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3174     return;
3175 
3176   QualType MergedT;
3177   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3178     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3179       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3180       return;
3181     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3182       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3183       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3184     }
3185     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3186     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3187     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3188     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3189     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3190     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3191              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3192       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3193       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3194       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3195                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3196         MergedT = New->getType();
3197     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3198                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3199       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3200       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3201       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3202                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3203         MergedT = Old->getType();
3204     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3205                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3206       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3207                                               Old->getType());
3208     }
3209   } else {
3210     // C 6.2.7p2:
3211     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3212     //   compatible type.
3213     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3214   }
3215   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3216     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3217     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3218     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3219     // equivalent.
3220     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3221     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3222          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3223       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3224       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3225       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3226       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3227         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3228       return;
3229     }
3230 
3231     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3232     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3233     //
3234     //   extern int arr[];
3235     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3236     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3237     //
3238     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3239     // to diagnose it.
3240     Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3241                                  ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3242                                  : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3243         << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3244 
3245     diag::kind PrevDiag;
3246     SourceLocation OldLocation;
3247     std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3248         getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3249     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3250     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3251   }
3252 
3253   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3254   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3255   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3256     New->setType(MergedT);
3257 }
3258 
3259 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3260                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3261   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3262   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3263   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3264   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3265   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3266   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3267   //
3268   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3269   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3270     return false;
3271 
3272   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3273     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3274     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3275     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3276     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3277     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3278            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3279             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3280   } else {
3281     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3282     // type unless we're in the same function.
3283     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3284            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3285   }
3286 }
3287 
3288 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3289 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3290 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3291 ///
3292 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3293 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3294 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3295 ///
3296 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3297   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3298   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3299     return;
3300 
3301   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3302 
3303   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3304   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3305   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3306   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3307     if (NewTemplate) {
3308       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3309       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3310 
3311       if (auto *Shadow =
3312               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3313         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
3314           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3315     } else {
3316       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3317 
3318       if (auto *Shadow =
3319               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3320         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3321           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3322     }
3323   }
3324   if (!Old) {
3325     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3326       << New->getDeclName();
3327     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3328          diag::note_previous_definition);
3329     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3330   }
3331 
3332   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3333     return;
3334 
3335   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3336   if (NewTemplate &&
3337       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3338                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3339                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3340     return;
3341 
3342   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3343   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3344   //
3345   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3346   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3347     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3348       << New->getIdentifier();
3349     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3350     New->setInvalidDecl();
3351   }
3352 
3353   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3354   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3355   // declaration
3356   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3357       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3358       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3359     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3360     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3361     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3362     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3363   }
3364 
3365   // Merge the types.
3366   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
3367   if (MostRecent != Old) {
3368     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
3369                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
3370     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3371       return;
3372   }
3373 
3374   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3375   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3376     return;
3377 
3378   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3379   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3380   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3381       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3382 
3383   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3384   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3385       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3386       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3387     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3388       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3389           << New->getDeclName();
3390       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3391     } else {
3392       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3393           << New->getDeclName();
3394       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3395       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3396     }
3397   }
3398   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3399   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3400   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3401   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3402   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3403   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3404   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3405   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3406   //   identifier has external linkage.
3407   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3408     /* Okay */;
3409   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3410            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3411            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3412     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3413     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3414     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3415   }
3416 
3417   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3418   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3419       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
3420     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3421     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3422     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3423   }
3424   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
3425       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3426     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3427     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3428     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3429   }
3430 
3431   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3432 
3433   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3434   // need to check for mismatches.
3435   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3436       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3437       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3438         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3439     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3440     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3441     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3442   }
3443 
3444   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3445     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3446       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3447       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3448     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3449       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3450       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3451     } else {
3452       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3453       // static and dynamic initialization.
3454       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3455       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3456       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3457         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3458       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3459     }
3460   }
3461 
3462   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3463   VarDecl *Def;
3464   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3465       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3466       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3467     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
3468     if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) &&
3469         (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
3470          New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
3471          New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
3472          New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
3473       // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
3474       // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it.
3475     } else {
3476       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3477       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3478       New->setInvalidDecl();
3479       return;
3480     }
3481   }
3482 
3483   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3484     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3485     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3486     New->setInvalidDecl();
3487     return;
3488   }
3489 
3490   // Merge "used" flag.
3491   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3492     New->setIsUsed();
3493 
3494   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3495   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3496   if (NewTemplate)
3497     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3498 
3499   // Inherit access appropriately.
3500   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3501   if (NewTemplate)
3502     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3503 }
3504 
3505 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3506 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3507 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3508                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3509   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3510 }
3511 
3512 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
3513 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
3514 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
3515 // compatibility.
3516 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
3517 // targeted.
3518 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
3519   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
3520              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
3521              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
3522 }
3523 
3524 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3525   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3526     return;
3527 
3528   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3529     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3530     // it is anonymous.
3531     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3532       return;
3533     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3534         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3535     Context.setManglingNumber(
3536         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
3537                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3538     return;
3539   }
3540 
3541   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3542   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3543   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
3544           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
3545     Context.setManglingNumber(
3546         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
3547                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3548   }
3549 }
3550 
3551 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
3552                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3553   // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
3554   // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
3555   if (TagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier())
3556     return;
3557   if (TagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3558     return;
3559 
3560   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
3561   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
3562 
3563   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
3564   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
3565                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec)))
3566     return;
3567 
3568   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
3569   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
3570   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
3571   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
3572   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
3573   // for how to handle it.
3574   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
3575     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
3576 
3577     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
3578     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
3579 
3580     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
3581     textToInsert += ' ';
3582     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
3583     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
3584         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
3585     return;
3586   }
3587 
3588   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
3589   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
3590 }
3591 
3592 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
3593   switch (T) {
3594   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
3595     return 0;
3596   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
3597     return 1;
3598   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
3599     return 2;
3600   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
3601     return 3;
3602   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
3603     return 4;
3604   default:
3605     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
3606   }
3607 }
3608 
3609 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3610 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3611 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3612 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3613                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3614                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3615                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3616   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3617   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3618   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3619       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3620       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3621       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3622       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3623     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3624 
3625     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3626       return nullptr;
3627 
3628     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3629     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3630     // it's a Type.
3631     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3632       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3633     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3634       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3635   }
3636 
3637   if (Tag) {
3638     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
3639     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3640     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3641       return Tag;
3642   }
3643 
3644   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3645     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3646     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3647     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3648       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3649            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3650            << DS.getSourceRange();
3651   }
3652 
3653   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3654     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3655     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3656     if (Tag)
3657       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3658           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType());
3659     else
3660       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3661     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3662     return TagD;
3663   }
3664 
3665   if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) {
3666     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to
3667     // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and
3668     // its initializer.
3669     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
3670     return TagD;
3671   }
3672 
3673   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3674 
3675   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3676     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3677     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3678     if (TagD && !Tag)
3679       return nullptr;
3680     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3681   }
3682 
3683   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3684   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3685     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3686   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3687       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3688     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3689     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3690     // or an explicit specialization.
3691     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3692     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3693         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
3694     return nullptr;
3695   }
3696 
3697   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3698   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3699 
3700   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3701   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3702     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3703         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3704       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3705           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3706         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
3707                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3708 
3709       DeclaresAnything = false;
3710     }
3711   }
3712 
3713   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3714   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3715   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3716   //
3717   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3718   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3719   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3720       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3721     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3722     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3723     //   struct STRUCT;
3724     //   union UNION;
3725     // and
3726     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3727     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3728     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3729         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3730       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3731       if (Tag)
3732         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3733       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3734                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3735         Record = RT->getDecl();
3736       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3737         Record = UT->getDecl();
3738 
3739       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3740         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3741           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3742         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3743       }
3744 
3745       DeclaresAnything = false;
3746     }
3747   }
3748 
3749   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3750   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3751       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3752     return TagD;
3753 
3754   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3755       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3756     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3757       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3758           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3759         DeclaresAnything = false;
3760 
3761   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3762     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3763     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3764       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3765         << DS.getSourceRange();
3766     else
3767       DeclaresAnything = false;
3768   }
3769 
3770   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3771       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3772     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3773       << Tag->getTagKind()
3774       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3775 
3776   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3777 
3778   // C 6.7/2:
3779   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3780   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3781   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3782   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3783   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3784   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3785   //   previous declaration.
3786   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3787     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3788     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3789     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3790     return TagD;
3791   }
3792 
3793   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3794   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3795   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3796   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3797   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3798   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3799   //
3800   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3801   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3802   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3803     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3804 
3805   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3806   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3807   // useless.
3808   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3809     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3810       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3811       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3812       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3813     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3814       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3815         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3816   }
3817 
3818   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3819     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3820       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3821   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3822     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3823       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3824     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3825       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3826     // Restrict is covered above.
3827     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3828       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3829   }
3830 
3831   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3832   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3833   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3834   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3835     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3836     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3837         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3838         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3839         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3840         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3841       for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs;
3842            attrs = attrs->getNext())
3843         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3844             << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
3845     }
3846   }
3847 
3848   return TagD;
3849 }
3850 
3851 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3852 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3853 ///
3854 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3855 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3856                                          Scope *S,
3857                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3858                                          DeclarationName Name,
3859                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3860                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3861   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3862                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3863   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3864 
3865   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3866     return false;
3867 
3868   // Pick a representative declaration.
3869   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3870   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3871 
3872   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3873     return false;
3874 
3875   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3876   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3877 
3878   return true;
3879 }
3880 
3881 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3882 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3883 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3884 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3885 /// struct, e.g.,
3886 ///
3887 /// @code
3888 /// union {
3889 ///   int i;
3890 ///   float f;
3891 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3892 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3893 /// @endcode
3894 ///
3895 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3896 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3897 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3898                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3899                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3900                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3901                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3902                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3903   unsigned diagKind
3904     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3905                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3906 
3907   bool Invalid = false;
3908 
3909   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3910   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3911     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3912         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3913       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3914       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3915                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3916         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3917         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3918         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3919         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3920         Invalid = true;
3921       } else {
3922         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3923         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3924         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3925         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3926         //   anonymous union is declared.
3927         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3928         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3929           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
3930         else
3931           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3932 
3933         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3934         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3935           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3936         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3937           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3938 
3939         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
3940             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
3941             VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3942 
3943         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
3944           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
3945 
3946         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3947         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3948         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3949 
3950         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3951         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3952 
3953         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3954       }
3955     }
3956   }
3957 
3958   return Invalid;
3959 }
3960 
3961 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3962 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3963 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3964 static StorageClass
3965 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3966   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3967   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3968          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3969   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3970   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3971   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3972     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3973       return SC_None;
3974     return SC_Extern;
3975   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3976   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3977   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3978   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3979     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3980   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3981   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3982   }
3983   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3984 }
3985 
3986 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3987   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3988 
3989   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3990     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3991     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3992       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3993     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3994       return FD->getLocation();
3995   }
3996 
3997   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3998 }
3999 
4000 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4001                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4002   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4003     return;
4004 
4005   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4006   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4007 }
4008 
4009 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4010                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4011   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4012     return;
4013 
4014   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4015 }
4016 
4017 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4018 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4019 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4020 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4021 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4022                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4023                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4024                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4025   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4026 
4027   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4028   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4029     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4030   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4031     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4032   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4033     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4034 
4035   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4036   // structs/unions.
4037   bool Invalid = false;
4038   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4039     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4040     unsigned DiagID;
4041     if (Record->isUnion()) {
4042       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4043       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4044       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
4045       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4046           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
4047            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
4048             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
4049         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
4050           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
4051 
4052         // Recover by adding 'static'.
4053         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
4054                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
4055       }
4056       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4057       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
4058       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
4059       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4060                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4061         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4062              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
4063           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4064 
4065         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
4066         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
4067                                SourceLocation(),
4068                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4069       }
4070     }
4071 
4072     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
4073     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4074       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4075         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4076           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
4077           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
4078       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4079         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
4080              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4081           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
4082           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
4083       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4084         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4085              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4086           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
4087           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
4088       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4089         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
4090              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4091           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
4092           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
4093 
4094       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
4095     }
4096 
4097     // C++ [class.union]p2:
4098     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
4099     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
4100     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
4101     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
4102       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
4103         // C++ [class.union]p3:
4104         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
4105         //   members (clause 11).
4106         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4107         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4108           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4109             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4110           Invalid = true;
4111         }
4112 
4113         // C++ [class.union]p1
4114         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4115         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4116         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4117         //   array of such objects.
4118         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4119           Invalid = true;
4120       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4121         // Any implicit members are fine.
4122       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4123         // This is a type that showed up in an
4124         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4125         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4126         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4127       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4128         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4129             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4130           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4131           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4132             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4133               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4134           else {
4135             // This is a nested type declaration.
4136             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4137               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4138             Invalid = true;
4139           }
4140         } else {
4141           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4142           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4143           // not part of standard C++.
4144           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4145                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4146             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4147         }
4148       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4149         // Any access specifier is fine.
4150       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4151         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4152       } else {
4153         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4154         // member. Complain about it.
4155         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4156         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4157           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4158         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4159           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4160         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4161           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4162 
4163         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4164         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4165             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4166           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4167             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4168         else {
4169           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
4170               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4171           Invalid = true;
4172         }
4173       }
4174     }
4175 
4176     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4177     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
4178     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
4179     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4180         Owner->isRecord())
4181       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4182                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4183   }
4184 
4185   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4186     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4187       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4188     Invalid = true;
4189   }
4190 
4191   // Mock up a declarator.
4192   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
4193   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4194   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4195 
4196   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4197   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4198   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4199     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
4200                              DS.getLocStart(),
4201                              Record->getLocation(),
4202                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4203                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4204                              TInfo,
4205                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4206                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4207     Anon->setAccess(AS);
4208     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4209       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4210   } else {
4211     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4212     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4213     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4214       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4215       // an error here
4216       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4217       Invalid = true;
4218       SC = SC_None;
4219     }
4220 
4221     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4222                            DS.getLocStart(),
4223                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4224                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4225                            TInfo, SC);
4226 
4227     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4228     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4229     // initializer:
4230     //   union { int n = 0; };
4231     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4232   }
4233   Anon->setImplicit();
4234 
4235   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4236   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4237 
4238   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4239   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4240   // its members.
4241   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4242 
4243   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4244   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4245   // purposes.
4246   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4247   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4248 
4249   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
4250                                           Chain, false))
4251     Invalid = true;
4252 
4253   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4254     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4255       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4256       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4257               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4258         Context.setManglingNumber(
4259             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4260                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
4261         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4262       }
4263     }
4264   }
4265 
4266   if (Invalid)
4267     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4268 
4269   return Anon;
4270 }
4271 
4272 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4273 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4274 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4275 /// Example:
4276 ///
4277 /// struct A { int a; };
4278 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4279 ///
4280 /// void foo() {
4281 ///   B var;
4282 ///   var.a = 3;
4283 /// }
4284 ///
4285 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4286                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4287   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4288 
4289   // Mock up a declarator.
4290   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4291   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4292   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4293 
4294   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4295   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4296 
4297   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4298   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4299                              ParentDecl,
4300                              DS.getLocStart(),
4301                              DS.getLocStart(),
4302                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4303                              RecTy,
4304                              TInfo,
4305                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4306                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4307   Anon->setImplicit();
4308 
4309   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4310   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4311 
4312   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4313   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4314   // purposes.
4315   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4316   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4317 
4318   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4319   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4320                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4321       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4322                                           AS_none, Chain, true)) {
4323     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4324     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4325   }
4326 
4327   return Anon;
4328 }
4329 
4330 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4331 /// given Declarator.
4332 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4333   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4334 }
4335 
4336 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4337 DeclarationNameInfo
4338 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4339   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4340   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4341 
4342   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4343 
4344   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4345   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4346     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4347     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4348     return NameInfo;
4349 
4350   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4351     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4352                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4353     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4354     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4355       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4356     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4357       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4358     return NameInfo;
4359 
4360   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4361     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4362                                                            Name.Identifier));
4363     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4364     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4365     return NameInfo;
4366 
4367   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4368     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4369     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4370     if (Ty.isNull())
4371       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4372     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4373                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4374     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4375     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4376     return NameInfo;
4377   }
4378 
4379   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4380     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4381     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4382     if (Ty.isNull())
4383       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4384     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4385                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4386     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4387     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4388     return NameInfo;
4389   }
4390 
4391   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4392     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4393     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4394     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4395     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4396     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4397       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4398 
4399     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4400     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4401 
4402     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4403     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4404     // was qualified.
4405 
4406     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4407                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4408     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4409     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4410     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4411     return NameInfo;
4412   }
4413 
4414   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4415     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4416     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4417     if (Ty.isNull())
4418       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4419     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4420                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4421     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4422     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4423     return NameInfo;
4424   }
4425 
4426   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4427     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4428     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4429     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4430   }
4431 
4432   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4433 
4434   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4435 }
4436 
4437 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4438   do {
4439     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4440       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4441     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4442       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4443     else
4444       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4445   } while (true);
4446 }
4447 
4448 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4449 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4450 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4451 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4452 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4453 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4454 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4455 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4456                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4457                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4458                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4459   Params.clear();
4460   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4461     return false;
4462   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4463     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4464     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4465 
4466     // The parameter types are identical
4467     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4468       continue;
4469 
4470     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4471     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4472     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4473     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4474 
4475     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4476         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4477       Params.push_back(Idx);
4478     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4479       return false;
4480   }
4481 
4482   return true;
4483 }
4484 
4485 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4486 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4487 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4488 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4489 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4490 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4491                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4492   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4493   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4494   //   - types which will become injected class names
4495   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4496   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4497   // few cases here.
4498 
4499   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4500   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4501   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4502   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4503   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4504   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4505     // Grab the type from the parser.
4506     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4507     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4508     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4509 
4510     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4511     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4512     // attached already.
4513     if (!TSI)
4514       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4515 
4516     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4517     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4518     if (!TSI) return true;
4519 
4520     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4521     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4522     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4523     break;
4524   }
4525 
4526   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4527   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4528     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4529     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4530     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4531     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4532     break;
4533   }
4534 
4535   default:
4536     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4537     break;
4538   }
4539 
4540   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4541   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4542     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4543 
4544     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4545     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4546     // pointer.
4547     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4548       continue;
4549 
4550     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4551     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4552     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4553       return true;
4554   }
4555 
4556   return false;
4557 }
4558 
4559 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4560   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4561   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4562 
4563   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4564       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4565     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4566 
4567   return Dcl;
4568 }
4569 
4570 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4571 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4572 ///   name different from T:
4573 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4574 ///     - every member function of class T
4575 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4576 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4577 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4578                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4579   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4580 
4581   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4582     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4583       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4584       return true;
4585     }
4586 
4587   return false;
4588 }
4589 
4590 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4591 /// nested-name-specifier.
4592 ///
4593 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4594 ///
4595 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4596 /// resolves.
4597 ///
4598 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4599 ///
4600 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4601 ///
4602 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4603 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4604                                         DeclarationName Name,
4605                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4606   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4607   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4608     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4609 
4610   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4611   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4612   //
4613   // class X {
4614   //   void X::f();
4615   // };
4616   //
4617   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4618   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4619   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4620     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4621       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4622                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4623         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4624       SS.clear();
4625     } else {
4626       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4627     }
4628     return false;
4629   }
4630 
4631   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4632   // declaration.
4633   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4634     if (Cur->isRecord())
4635       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4636         << Name << SS.getRange();
4637     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4638       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4639         << Name << SS.getRange();
4640     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4641       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4642         << Name << SS.getRange();
4643     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4644       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4645         << Name << SS.getRange();
4646     else
4647       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4648       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4649 
4650     return true;
4651   }
4652 
4653   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4654     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4655     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4656       << Name << SS.getRange();
4657     SS.clear();
4658 
4659     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4660     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4661     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4662     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4663          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4664         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4665                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4666       return true;
4667 
4668     return false;
4669   }
4670 
4671   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4672   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4673   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4674   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4675   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4676     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4677   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4678         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4679     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4680       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4681 
4682   return false;
4683 }
4684 
4685 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4686                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4687   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4688   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4689   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4690 
4691   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4692   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4693   if (!Name) {
4694     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4695       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4696            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4697         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4698     return nullptr;
4699   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4700     return nullptr;
4701 
4702   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4703   // we find one that is.
4704   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4705          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4706     S = S->getParent();
4707 
4708   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4709   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4710     D.setInvalidType();
4711   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4712     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4713                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4714       return nullptr;
4715 
4716     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4717     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4718     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4719       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4720       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4721       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4722       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4723       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4724            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4725         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4726         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4727       return nullptr;
4728     }
4729     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4730 
4731     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4732         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4733       return nullptr;
4734 
4735     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
4736     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4737       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4738            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4739         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4740       return nullptr;
4741     }
4742     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4743       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4744                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4745         if (DC->isRecord())
4746           return nullptr;
4747 
4748         D.setInvalidType();
4749       }
4750     }
4751 
4752     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4753     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4754     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4755         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4756       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4757       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4758         D.setInvalidType();
4759     }
4760   }
4761 
4762   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4763   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4764 
4765   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4766     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4767     // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the
4768     // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it.
4769     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4770       return nullptr;
4771 
4772   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4773                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4774     D.setInvalidType();
4775 
4776   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4777                         ForRedeclaration);
4778 
4779   // If we're hiding internal-linkage symbols in modules from redeclaration
4780   // lookup, let name lookup know.
4781   if ((getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) &&
4782       getLangOpts().ModulesHideInternalLinkage &&
4783       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4784     Previous.setAllowHiddenInternal(false);
4785 
4786   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4787   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4788     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4789     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4790 
4791     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4792     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4793     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4794     //
4795     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4796     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4797     // the same name.
4798     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4799       /* Do nothing*/;
4800     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4801              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4802               R->isFunctionType())) {
4803       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4804       CreateBuiltins =
4805           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4806     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4807                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4808       CreateBuiltins = true;
4809 
4810     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4811       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4812 
4813     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4814   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4815     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4816 
4817     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4818     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4819     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4820     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4821     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4822     //  thereof; [...]
4823     //
4824     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4825     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4826     // we want to match. For example, given:
4827     //
4828     //   class X {
4829     //     void f();
4830     //     void f(float);
4831     //   };
4832     //
4833     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4834     //
4835     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4836     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4837     // matches.
4838 
4839     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4840     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4841     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4842     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4843     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4844   }
4845 
4846   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4847       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4848     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4849     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4850       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4851                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4852 
4853     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4854     Previous.clear();
4855   }
4856 
4857   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4858   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4859   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4860   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4861   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4862       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4863     Previous.clear();
4864 
4865   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4866   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4867   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4868     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4869 
4870   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
4871     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
4872     // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
4873     // template, declared in namespace scope
4874     if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4875       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
4876            diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
4877       return nullptr;
4878     }
4879 
4880     if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
4881       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4882            diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope);
4883       return nullptr;
4884     }
4885   }
4886 
4887   NamedDecl *New;
4888 
4889   bool AddToScope = true;
4890   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4891     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4892       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4893       return nullptr;
4894     }
4895 
4896     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4897   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4898     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4899                                   TemplateParamLists,
4900                                   AddToScope);
4901   } else {
4902     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4903                                   AddToScope);
4904   }
4905 
4906   if (!New)
4907     return nullptr;
4908 
4909   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4910   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4911   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4912        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4913     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4914     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4915     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4916     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4917     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4918     if (!AddToContext)
4919       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4920   }
4921 
4922   return New;
4923 }
4924 
4925 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4926 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4927 /// GCC compatibility).
4928 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4929                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4930                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4931                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4932   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4933   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4934   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4935   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4936   SizeIsNegative = false;
4937   Oversized = 0;
4938 
4939   if (T->isDependentType())
4940     return QualType();
4941 
4942   QualifierCollector Qs;
4943   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4944 
4945   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4946     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4947     QualType FixedType =
4948         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4949                                             Oversized);
4950     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4951     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4952     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4953   }
4954   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4955     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4956     QualType FixedType =
4957         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4958                                             Oversized);
4959     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4960     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4961     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4962   }
4963 
4964   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4965   if (!VLATy)
4966     return QualType();
4967   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4968   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4969     return QualType();
4970 
4971   llvm::APSInt Res;
4972   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4973       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4974     return QualType();
4975 
4976   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4977   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4978     SizeIsNegative = true;
4979     return QualType();
4980   }
4981 
4982   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4983   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4984     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4985                                               Res);
4986   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4987     Oversized = Res;
4988     return QualType();
4989   }
4990 
4991   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4992                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4993 }
4994 
4995 static void
4996 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4997   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
4998   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
4999   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
5000     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
5001     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
5002                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
5003     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
5004     return;
5005   }
5006   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5007     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5008     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5009                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5010     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5011     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5012     return;
5013   }
5014   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5015   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5016   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5017   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5018   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
5019   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
5020   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
5021   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
5022 }
5023 
5024 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5025 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5026 /// GCC compatibility).
5027 static TypeSourceInfo*
5028 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5029                                               ASTContext &Context,
5030                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
5031                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5032   QualType FixedTy
5033     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
5034                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5035   if (FixedTy.isNull())
5036     return nullptr;
5037   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
5038   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
5039                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
5040   return FixedTInfo;
5041 }
5042 
5043 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
5044 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
5045 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
5046 /// function-scope declarations.
5047 void
5048 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
5049   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5050       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5051     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
5052     return;
5053 
5054   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
5055   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
5056 }
5057 
5058 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
5059   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
5060   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
5061   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
5062 }
5063 
5064 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
5065 /// does not identify a function.
5066 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
5067   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
5068   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
5069   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
5070     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
5071          diag::err_inline_non_function);
5072 
5073   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
5074     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5075          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5076 
5077   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
5078     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5079          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
5080 
5081   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
5082     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
5083          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
5084 }
5085 
5086 NamedDecl*
5087 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
5088                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
5089   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5090   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5091     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
5092       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5093     D.setInvalidType();
5094     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
5095     DC = CurContext;
5096     Previous.clear();
5097   }
5098 
5099   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5100 
5101   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5102     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
5103       << 1;
5104 
5105   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5106     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
5107       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
5108     return nullptr;
5109   }
5110 
5111   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
5112   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
5113 
5114   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5115   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
5116 
5117   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
5118 
5119   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
5120   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
5121   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
5122   return ND;
5123 }
5124 
5125 void
5126 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
5127   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
5128   // then it shall have block scope.
5129   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
5130   // that redeclarations will match.
5131   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5132   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5133   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5134     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5135 
5136     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5137       bool SizeIsNegative;
5138       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5139       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5140         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5141                                                       SizeIsNegative,
5142                                                       Oversized);
5143       if (FixedTInfo) {
5144         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5145         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5146       } else {
5147         if (SizeIsNegative)
5148           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5149         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5150           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5151         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5152           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5153             << Oversized.toString(10);
5154         else
5155           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5156         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5157       }
5158     }
5159   }
5160 }
5161 
5162 
5163 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5164 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5165 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5166 NamedDecl*
5167 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5168                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5169   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5170   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5171   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5172                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5173   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
5174   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5175     Redeclaration = true;
5176     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
5177   }
5178 
5179   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5180   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5181     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5182         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5183       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5184         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5185       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5186         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5187       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5188         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5189       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5190         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5191     }
5192 
5193   return NewTD;
5194 }
5195 
5196 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5197 /// previous declaration.
5198 ///
5199 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5200 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5201 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5202 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5203 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5204 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5205 ///
5206 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5207 /// lookup
5208 ///
5209 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5210 /// declared.
5211 ///
5212 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5213 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5214 static bool
5215 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5216                                 ASTContext &Context) {
5217   if (!PrevDecl)
5218     return false;
5219 
5220   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5221     return false;
5222 
5223   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5224     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
5225     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
5226     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5227     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5228     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5229     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5230     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5231     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5232       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5233       return false;
5234 
5235     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5236     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5237       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5238       return false;
5239 
5240     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5241     // previous declarations.
5242     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5243     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5244 
5245     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5246     // isn't the same function.
5247     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5248       return false;
5249   }
5250 
5251   return true;
5252 }
5253 
5254 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5255   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5256   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5257   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5258 }
5259 
5260 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5261   QualType type = decl->getType();
5262   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5263   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5264     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5265     unsigned kind = -1U;
5266     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5267       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5268         kind = 0; // __block
5269       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5270         kind = 1; // global
5271     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5272       kind = 3; // ivar
5273     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5274       kind = 2; // field
5275     }
5276 
5277     if (kind != -1U) {
5278       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5279         << kind;
5280     }
5281   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5282     // Try to infer lifetime.
5283     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5284       return false;
5285 
5286     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5287     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5288     decl->setType(type);
5289   }
5290 
5291   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5292     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5293     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5294         var->getTLSKind()) {
5295       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5296         << var->getType();
5297       return true;
5298     }
5299   }
5300 
5301   return false;
5302 }
5303 
5304 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5305   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5306   // the wrong linkage.
5307   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5308 
5309   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5310   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5311     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5312       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5313       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5314     }
5315   }
5316   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5317     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5318       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5319       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5320       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5321     }
5322   }
5323 
5324   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
5325     if (VD->hasInit()) {
5326       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
5327         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5328                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
5329         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD;
5330         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5331       }
5332     }
5333   }
5334 
5335   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
5336   // It does not apply to functions.
5337   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5338     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5339       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
5340              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5341       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5342     }
5343   }
5344 
5345   // dll attributes require external linkage.
5346   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5347     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5348       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5349         << &ND << Attr;
5350       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5351     }
5352   }
5353 }
5354 
5355 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5356                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5357                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5358   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5359     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5360   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5361     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5362 
5363   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5364     return;
5365 
5366   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5367   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5368   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5369   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5370 
5371   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5372   // inherited attribute instances.
5373   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5374                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5375 
5376   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5377   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5378   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5379   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5380   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5381 
5382   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5383     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
5384     bool JustWarn = false;
5385     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5386       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5387       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5388         JustWarn = true;
5389       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5390       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5391         JustWarn = true;
5392     }
5393 
5394     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
5395     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
5396     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
5397     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
5398       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
5399         JustWarn = false;
5400 
5401     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5402                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5403     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5404         << NewDecl
5405         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5406     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5407     if (!JustWarn) {
5408       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5409       return;
5410     }
5411   }
5412 
5413   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5414   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5415   // and qualified friend declarations.
5416   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5417   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5418   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5419     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5420     // separately.
5421     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5422   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5423     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5424     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5425                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5426   }
5427 
5428   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5429       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5430     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5431            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5432       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5433     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5434     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5435     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5436     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5437   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr &&
5438              !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
5439     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute.
5440     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5441     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5442     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5443            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
5444         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5445   }
5446 }
5447 
5448 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5449 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5450 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5451 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5452   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5453 
5454   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5455   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5456 
5457   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5458   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5459     return false;
5460 
5461   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5462 
5463 #ifndef NDEBUG
5464   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5465   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5466   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5467   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5468   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5469 #endif
5470 
5471   bool isC99Inline =
5472       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5473 
5474 #ifndef NDEBUG
5475   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5476 #endif
5477 
5478   return isC99Inline;
5479 }
5480 
5481 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5482 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5483 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5484 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5485 ///
5486 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5487 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5488 ///
5489 /// For instance:
5490 ///
5491 ///   auto x = []{};
5492 ///
5493 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5494 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5495 ///
5496 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5497 template<typename T>
5498 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5499   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5500     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5501     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5502       return false;
5503   }
5504   return D->isExternC();
5505 }
5506 
5507 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5508   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5509   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5510     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5511   if (DC->isFileContext())
5512     return true;
5513   if (DC->isRecord())
5514     return false;
5515   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5516 }
5517 
5518 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5519   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5520   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5521     return true;
5522   if (DC->isRecord())
5523     return false;
5524   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5525 }
5526 
5527 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5528                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5529   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5530     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5531       return true;
5532   return false;
5533 }
5534 
5535 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5536                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5537   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5538   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5539     return true;
5540 
5541   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5542   // position to the decl itself.
5543   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5544     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5545       return true;
5546   }
5547 
5548   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5549   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5550 }
5551 
5552 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5553 /// function-local external declaration.
5554 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5555   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5556     return false;
5557 
5558   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5559   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5560   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5561   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5562     return true;
5563 
5564   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5565   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5566   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5567   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5568   //
5569   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5570   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5571   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5572     DC = DC->getParent();
5573   return true;
5574 }
5575 
5576 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
5577 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
5578   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
5579     return FD->isExternC();
5580   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
5581     return VD->isExternC();
5582 
5583   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
5584 }
5585 
5586 NamedDecl *
5587 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5588                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5589                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5590                               bool &AddToScope) {
5591   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5592   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5593 
5594   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5595   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5596 
5597   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5598   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5599   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5600       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5601       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5602     SC = SC_Extern;
5603 
5604   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5605   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5606                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5607 
5608   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5609     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5610     QualType NR = R;
5611     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5612       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5613         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5614         D.setInvalidType();
5615         break;
5616       }
5617       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5618     }
5619 
5620     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5621       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5622       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5623       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5624         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5625         D.setInvalidType();
5626       }
5627     }
5628   }
5629 
5630   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5631     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5632     // an error here
5633     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5634     D.setInvalidType();
5635     SC = SC_None;
5636   }
5637 
5638   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5639       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5640                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5641     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5642     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5643     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5644     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5645          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5646       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5647   }
5648 
5649   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5650   if (!II) {
5651     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5652       << Name;
5653     return nullptr;
5654   }
5655 
5656   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5657 
5658   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5659     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5660     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5661     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5662     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5663       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5664       D.setInvalidType();
5665     }
5666   }
5667 
5668   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5669     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5670     // OpenCL __local address space.
5671     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5672       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5673     }
5674 
5675     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5676     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5677     // space qualifiers.
5678     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5679       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5680       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5681     }
5682 
5683     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5684     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5685     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5686     // address space qualifiers.
5687     if (R->isEventT()) {
5688       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5689         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5690         D.setInvalidType();
5691       }
5692 
5693       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5694         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5695         D.setInvalidType();
5696       }
5697     }
5698   }
5699 
5700   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5701   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5702   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5703   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5704   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5705   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5706   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5707   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5708     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5709                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5710                             R, TInfo, SC);
5711 
5712     if (D.isInvalidType())
5713       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5714   } else {
5715     bool Invalid = false;
5716 
5717     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5718       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5719       switch (SC) {
5720       case SC_None:
5721         break;
5722       case SC_Static:
5723         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5724              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5725           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5726         break;
5727       case SC_Auto:
5728       case SC_Register:
5729       case SC_Extern:
5730         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5731         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5732         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5733         // of class members
5734 
5735         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5736              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5737           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5738         break;
5739       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5740         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5741       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5742         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5743       }
5744     }
5745 
5746     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5747       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5748         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5749           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5750                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5751             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5752 
5753         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5754         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5755         if (RD->isUnion())
5756           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5757                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5758                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5759                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5760         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5761         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5762           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5763                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5764             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5765       }
5766     }
5767 
5768     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5769     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5770     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5771         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5772         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5773         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5774             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5775             : nullptr,
5776         TemplateParamLists,
5777         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5778 
5779     if (TemplateParams) {
5780       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5781           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5782         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5783         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5784         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5785              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5786           << II
5787           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5788                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5789         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5790       } else {
5791         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5792           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5793           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5794           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5795           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5796         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5797           // This is a template declaration.
5798           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5799 
5800           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5801           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5802             return nullptr;
5803 
5804           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5805           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5806                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
5807                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5808                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5809         }
5810       }
5811     } else {
5812       assert(
5813           (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) &&
5814           "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5815     }
5816 
5817     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5818       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5819           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5820               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5821               : SourceLocation();
5822       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5823           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5824           IsPartialSpecialization);
5825       if (Res.isInvalid())
5826         return nullptr;
5827       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5828       AddToScope = false;
5829     } else
5830       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5831                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5832 
5833     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5834     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5835       NewTemplate =
5836           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5837                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5838       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5839     }
5840 
5841     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5842     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5843     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5844       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5845 
5846     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5847       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5848       if (NewTemplate)
5849         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5850     }
5851 
5852     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5853 
5854     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5855     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5856     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5857     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5858       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5859           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
5860 
5861     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5862       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5863 
5864     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified())
5865       NewVD->setConcept(true);
5866   }
5867 
5868   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5869   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5870   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5871   if (NewTemplate)
5872     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5873 
5874   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5875     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5876 
5877   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
5878   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5879     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5880     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5881     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5882     //   explicitly.
5883     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5884     //   'extern'.
5885     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
5886         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
5887          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
5888          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
5889       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5890            diag::err_thread_non_global)
5891         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5892     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
5893       if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5894         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
5895         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
5896         // error should be ignored.
5897         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
5898         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
5899         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
5900         // to emit any code for it.
5901         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5902       } else
5903         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5904              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5905     } else
5906       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5907   }
5908 
5909   // C99 6.7.4p3
5910   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5911   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5912   //   thread storage duration...
5913   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5914   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5915   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5916   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5917   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5918   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5919       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5920     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5921     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5922       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5923            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5924       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5925     }
5926   }
5927 
5928   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5929     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5930       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5931           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5932           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5933                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5934     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5935       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5936         << 2
5937         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5938     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5939       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5940         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5941         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5942         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5943     else {
5944       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5945       if (NewTemplate)
5946         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5947     }
5948   }
5949 
5950   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5951   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5952 
5953   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5954     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD))
5955       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5956            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5957     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5958     // storage [duration]."
5959     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5960         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5961          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5962       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5963     }
5964   }
5965 
5966   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5967   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5968   // check the VarDecl itself.
5969   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5970          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5971          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5972 
5973   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5974   // retainable type.
5975   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5976     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5977 
5978   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5979   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5980     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5981     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5982     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5983     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5984       switch (SC) {
5985       case SC_None:
5986       case SC_Auto:
5987         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5988         break;
5989       case SC_Register:
5990         // Local Named register
5991         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5992           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5993         break;
5994       case SC_Static:
5995       case SC_Extern:
5996       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5997       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5998         break;
5999       }
6000     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
6001       // Global Named register
6002       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
6003         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6004       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
6005         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
6006         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6007       }
6008     }
6009 
6010     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
6011                                                 Context, Label, 0));
6012   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6013     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6014       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
6015     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6016       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
6017         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
6018         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6019       } else
6020         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
6021             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
6022     }
6023   }
6024 
6025   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
6026   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
6027     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
6028 
6029   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
6030   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
6031   // declaration has linkage).
6032   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
6033                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6034                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
6035                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
6036 
6037   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
6038   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
6039   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6040       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
6041     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
6042         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
6043         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
6044 
6045   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6046     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6047   } else {
6048     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
6049     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6050         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
6051       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6052 
6053     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
6054     if (!Previous.empty()) {
6055       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
6056           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
6057           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6058         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
6059         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6060         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
6061           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6062         Previous.clear();
6063         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6064       }
6065     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6066       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
6067       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
6068         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
6069         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6070       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6071     }
6072 
6073     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6074       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6075 
6076     if (NewTemplate) {
6077       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
6078           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
6079               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
6080               : nullptr;
6081 
6082       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
6083       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
6084       // template declaration.
6085       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
6086               TemplateParams,
6087               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
6088                               : nullptr,
6089               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
6090                DC->isDependentContext())
6091                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
6092                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
6093         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6094 
6095       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
6096       // template, make a note of that.
6097       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
6098           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
6099         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
6100     }
6101   }
6102 
6103   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
6104 
6105   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
6106   // the map of such variables.
6107   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6108       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
6109     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
6110 
6111   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6112     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
6113     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
6114             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
6115       Context.setManglingNumber(
6116           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
6117                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
6118       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
6119     }
6120   }
6121 
6122   // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
6123   if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
6124       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
6125       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
6126 
6127     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
6128     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
6129     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6130       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
6131 
6132     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
6133     // behavior.
6134     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
6135       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
6136   }
6137 
6138   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
6139     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
6140         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
6141         IsExplicitSpecialization);
6142   }
6143 
6144   if (NewTemplate) {
6145     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6146       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6147     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
6148     return NewTemplate;
6149   }
6150 
6151   return NewVD;
6152 }
6153 
6154 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
6155 /// -Wshadow.
6156 ///
6157 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
6158 /// scope.
6159 ///
6160 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
6161 /// \param R the lookup of the name
6162 ///
6163 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
6164   // Return if warning is ignored.
6165   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
6166     return;
6167 
6168   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
6169   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
6170     return;
6171 
6172   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
6173 
6174   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
6175   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
6176     return;
6177 
6178   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6179   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6180     return;
6181 
6182   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
6183   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6184     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
6185       if (MD->isStatic())
6186         return;
6187 
6188   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6189     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
6190       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
6191       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
6192       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
6193         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
6194           ShadowedDecl = I;
6195           break;
6196         }
6197     }
6198 
6199   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6200 
6201   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
6202   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
6203     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
6204     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
6205       return;
6206 
6207     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
6208     // static data members from base classes?
6209 
6210     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
6211     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
6212     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
6213   }
6214 
6215   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
6216   unsigned Kind;
6217   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
6218     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6219       Kind = 3; // field
6220     else
6221       Kind = 2; // static data member
6222   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
6223     Kind = 1; // global
6224   else
6225     Kind = 0; // local
6226 
6227   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
6228 
6229   // Emit warning and note.
6230   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
6231     return;
6232   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
6233   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6234 }
6235 
6236 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
6237 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
6238   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
6239     return;
6240 
6241   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
6242                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6243   LookupName(R, S);
6244   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
6245 }
6246 
6247 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
6248 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
6249 template<typename T>
6250 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
6251     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
6252   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
6253   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
6254 
6255   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6256     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
6257     // declaration.
6258     return false;
6259   }
6260 
6261   if (Prev) {
6262     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6263       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
6264       // redeclaration.
6265       Previous.clear();
6266       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6267       return true;
6268     }
6269 
6270     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
6271     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
6272     // declaration.
6273     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
6274       return false;
6275   } else {
6276     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
6277     // translation unit which might conflict.
6278     if (IsGlobal) {
6279       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
6280       IsGlobal = false;
6281       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6282            I != E; ++I) {
6283         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6284           Prev = *I;
6285           break;
6286         }
6287       }
6288     } else {
6289       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
6290           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
6291       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
6292            I != E; ++I) {
6293         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6294           Prev = *I;
6295           break;
6296         }
6297         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
6298         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
6299         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6300         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6301         // diagnostic.
6302       }
6303     }
6304 
6305     if (!Prev)
6306       return false;
6307   }
6308 
6309   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6310   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6311   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6312   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6313     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6314   else
6315     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6316 
6317   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6318     << IsGlobal << ND;
6319   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6320     << IsGlobal;
6321   return false;
6322 }
6323 
6324 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6325 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6326 ///
6327 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6328 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6329 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6330 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6331 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6332 template<typename T>
6333 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6334                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6335   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6336     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6337     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6338     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6339     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6340       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6341         Previous.clear();
6342         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6343         return true;
6344       }
6345     }
6346     return false;
6347   }
6348 
6349   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6350   // declaration.
6351   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6352     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6353 
6354   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6355   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6356   // in another scope.
6357   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6358     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6359 
6360   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6361   return false;
6362 }
6363 
6364 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6365   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6366   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6367     return;
6368 
6369   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6370   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6371 
6372   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6373   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6374     return;
6375 
6376   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6377     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6378 
6379   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6380     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6381       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6382     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6383     NewVD->setType(T);
6384   }
6385 
6386   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6387   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6388   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6389   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6390   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6391     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6392     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6393     return;
6394   }
6395 
6396   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6397   // __constant address space.
6398   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
6399       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
6400       && !T->isSamplerT()){
6401     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
6402     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6403     return;
6404   }
6405 
6406   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6407   // scope.
6408   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6409       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6410     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6411     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6412     return;
6413   }
6414 
6415   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6416       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6417     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6418       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6419     else {
6420       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6421       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6422     }
6423   }
6424 
6425   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6426   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6427       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6428     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6429 
6430   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6431       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6432     bool SizeIsNegative;
6433     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6434     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6435       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6436                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6437     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6438       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6439       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6440       // int a[10][n];
6441       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6442 
6443       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6444         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6445         << SizeRange;
6446       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6447         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6448         << SizeRange;
6449       else
6450         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6451         << SizeRange;
6452       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6453       return;
6454     }
6455 
6456     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6457       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6458         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6459       else
6460         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6461       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6462       return;
6463     }
6464 
6465     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6466     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6467     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6468   }
6469 
6470   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6471     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6472     //                    of objects and functions.
6473     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6474       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6475         << T;
6476       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6477       return;
6478     }
6479   }
6480 
6481   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6482     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6483     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6484     return;
6485   }
6486 
6487   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6488     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6489     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6490     return;
6491   }
6492 
6493   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6494       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6495                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6496     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6497     return;
6498   }
6499 }
6500 
6501 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6502 /// declaration.
6503 ///
6504 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6505 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6506 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6507 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6508 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6509 ///
6510 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6511 ///
6512 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6513 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6514   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6515 
6516   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6517   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6518     return false;
6519 
6520   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6521   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6522   if (Previous.empty() &&
6523       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6524     Previous.setShadowed();
6525 
6526   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6527     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6528     return true;
6529   }
6530   return false;
6531 }
6532 
6533 namespace {
6534 struct FindOverriddenMethod {
6535   Sema *S;
6536   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6537 
6538   /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6539   /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6540   /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6541   bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
6542     RecordDecl *BaseRecord =
6543         Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6544 
6545     DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName();
6546 
6547     // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6548     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6549       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6550       QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6551       CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6552 
6553       Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6554     }
6555 
6556     for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty();
6557          Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6558       NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6559       if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6560         if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false))
6561           return true;
6562       }
6563     }
6564 
6565     return false;
6566   }
6567 };
6568 
6569 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6570 } // end anonymous namespace
6571 
6572 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6573 /// overriden methods.
6574 ///
6575 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6576 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6577 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6578 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6579                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6580   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6581   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6582                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6583        I != E; ++I) {
6584     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6585     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6586     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6587     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6588         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6589         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6590       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6591   }
6592 }
6593 
6594 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6595 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6596 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6597   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
6598   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6599   FindOverriddenMethod FOM;
6600   FOM.Method = MD;
6601   FOM.S = this;
6602   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6603   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6604   bool AddedAny = false;
6605   if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) {
6606     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6607       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6608         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6609         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6610             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6611             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6612             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6613           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6614           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6615           AddedAny = true;
6616         }
6617       }
6618     }
6619   }
6620 
6621   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6622     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6623   }
6624   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6625     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6626   }
6627 
6628   return AddedAny;
6629 }
6630 
6631 namespace {
6632   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6633   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6634   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6635     Scope *S;
6636     Declarator &D;
6637     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6638     bool AddToScope;
6639   };
6640 }
6641 
6642 namespace {
6643 
6644 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6645 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6646 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6647  public:
6648   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6649                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6650       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6651         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6652 
6653   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6654     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6655       return false;
6656 
6657     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6658     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6659                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6660          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6661       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6662 
6663       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6664           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6665         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6666           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6667           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6668             return true;
6669         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6670           return true;
6671         }
6672       }
6673     }
6674 
6675     return false;
6676   }
6677 
6678  private:
6679   ASTContext &Context;
6680   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6681   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6682 };
6683 
6684 }
6685 
6686 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6687 ///
6688 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6689 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6690 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6691 /// the same name.
6692 ///
6693 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6694 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6695 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6696     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6697     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6698   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6699   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6700   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6701   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6702   TypoCorrection Correction;
6703   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6704   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6705                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6706   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6707                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6708                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6709                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6710 
6711   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6712   if (IsLocalFriend)
6713     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6714   else
6715     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6716   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6717          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6718   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6719   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6720     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6721          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6722       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6723       if (FD &&
6724           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6725         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6726         // involve a parameter
6727         unsigned ParamNum =
6728             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6729         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6730       }
6731     }
6732   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6733   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6734                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6735                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6736                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
6737                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
6738                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6739     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6740     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6741                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6742     Previous.clear();
6743     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6744     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6745                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6746          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6747       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6748       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6749           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6750         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6751       }
6752     }
6753     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6754 
6755     NamedDecl *Result;
6756     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6757     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6758     {
6759       // Trap errors.
6760       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6761 
6762       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6763       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6764       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6765       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6766           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6767           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6768           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6769           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6770 
6771       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6772         Result = nullptr;
6773     }
6774 
6775     if (Result) {
6776       // Determine which correction we picked.
6777       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6778       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6779            I != E; ++I)
6780         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6781           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6782 
6783       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6784           Correction,
6785           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6786                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6787                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6788             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6789       return Result;
6790     }
6791 
6792     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6793     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6794                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6795     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6796     Previous.clear();
6797     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6798   }
6799 
6800   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6801       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6802 
6803   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6804   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6805     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6806 
6807   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6808        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6809        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6810     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6811     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6812     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6813     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6814 
6815     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6816     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6817       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6818       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6819       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6820       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6821                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6822         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6823         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6824     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6825       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6826           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6827     } else
6828       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6829                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6830                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6831   }
6832   return nullptr;
6833 }
6834 
6835 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
6836   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6837   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6838   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6839   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6840   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6841     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6842                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6843     D.setInvalidType();
6844     break;
6845   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6846   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6847     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6848       return SC_None;
6849     return SC_Extern;
6850   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6851     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6852       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6853       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6854       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6855       //   other than extern
6856       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6857       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6858                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6859       break;
6860     } else
6861       return SC_Static;
6862   }
6863   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6864   }
6865 
6866   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6867   return SC_None;
6868 }
6869 
6870 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6871                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6872                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6873                                            StorageClass SC,
6874                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6875   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6876   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6877 
6878   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6879   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6880 
6881   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6882     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6883     // prototype. This true when:
6884     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6885     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6886     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6887     bool HasPrototype =
6888       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6889       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6890 
6891     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6892                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6893                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6894                                  HasPrototype, false);
6895     if (D.isInvalidType())
6896       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6897 
6898     return NewFD;
6899   }
6900 
6901   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6902   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6903 
6904   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6905   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6906   // the class has been completely parsed.
6907   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6908       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6909           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6910           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6911     D.setInvalidType();
6912 
6913   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6914     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6915     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6916            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6917 
6918     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6919     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6920                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6921                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6922                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6923                                       isConstexpr);
6924 
6925   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6926     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6927     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6928       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6929       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6930       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6931                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6932                                         D.getLocStart(),
6933                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6934                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6935 
6936       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6937       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6938       // it yet.
6939       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6940           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6941           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6942         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6943       }
6944 
6945       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6946       return NewDD;
6947 
6948     } else {
6949       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6950       D.setInvalidType();
6951 
6952       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6953       // code path.
6954       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6955                                   D.getLocStart(),
6956                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6957                                   SC, isInline,
6958                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6959     }
6960 
6961   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6962     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6963       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6964            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6965       return nullptr;
6966     }
6967 
6968     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6969     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6970     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6971                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6972                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6973                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6974 
6975   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6976     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6977     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6978     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6979     // constructor if it has no return type).
6980     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6981         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6982       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6983         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6984         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6985       return nullptr;
6986     }
6987 
6988     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6989     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6990                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6991                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6992                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6993                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6994     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6995     return Ret;
6996   } else {
6997     bool isFriend =
6998         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6999     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
7000       return nullptr;
7001 
7002     // Determine whether the function was written with a
7003     // prototype. This true when:
7004     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
7005     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7006                                 D.getLocStart(),
7007                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
7008                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
7009   }
7010 }
7011 
7012 enum OpenCLParamType {
7013   ValidKernelParam,
7014   PtrPtrKernelParam,
7015   PtrKernelParam,
7016   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
7017   InvalidKernelParam,
7018   RecordKernelParam
7019 };
7020 
7021 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
7022   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
7023     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
7024     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
7025       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
7026     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
7027                                               : PtrKernelParam;
7028   }
7029 
7030   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
7031   // be used as builtin types.
7032 
7033   if (PT->isImageType())
7034     return PtrKernelParam;
7035 
7036   if (PT->isBooleanType())
7037     return InvalidKernelParam;
7038 
7039   if (PT->isEventT())
7040     return InvalidKernelParam;
7041 
7042   if (PT->isHalfType())
7043     return InvalidKernelParam;
7044 
7045   if (PT->isRecordType())
7046     return RecordKernelParam;
7047 
7048   return ValidKernelParam;
7049 }
7050 
7051 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
7052   Sema &S,
7053   Declarator &D,
7054   ParmVarDecl *Param,
7055   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
7056   QualType PT = Param->getType();
7057 
7058   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
7059   // used again
7060   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
7061     return;
7062 
7063   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
7064   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
7065     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7066     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7067     // pointer to a pointer type.
7068     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
7069     D.setInvalidType();
7070     return;
7071 
7072   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
7073     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7074     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7075     // pointer to the private address space.
7076     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
7077     D.setInvalidType();
7078     return;
7079 
7080     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
7081     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
7082     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
7083     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
7084     // one of these built-in scalar types.
7085 
7086   case InvalidKernelParam:
7087     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
7088     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
7089     // of event_t type.
7090     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7091     D.setInvalidType();
7092     return;
7093 
7094   case PtrKernelParam:
7095   case ValidKernelParam:
7096     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
7097     return;
7098 
7099   case RecordKernelParam:
7100     break;
7101   }
7102 
7103   // Track nested structs we will inspect
7104   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
7105 
7106   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
7107   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
7108   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
7109   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
7110 
7111   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7112   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
7113 
7114   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
7115 
7116   do {
7117     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
7118     if (!Next) {
7119       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
7120       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
7121       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
7122         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
7123 
7124       continue;
7125     }
7126 
7127     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
7128     // field itself) to the history stack.
7129     const RecordDecl *RD;
7130     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
7131       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
7132       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7133     } else {
7134       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
7135     }
7136 
7137     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
7138     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
7139 
7140     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
7141       QualType QT = FD->getType();
7142 
7143       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
7144         continue;
7145 
7146       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
7147       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
7148         continue;
7149 
7150       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
7151         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
7152         continue;
7153       }
7154 
7155       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
7156       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
7157       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
7158       // union.
7159       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
7160           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
7161         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
7162                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
7163           << PT->isUnionType()
7164           << PT;
7165       } else {
7166         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7167       }
7168 
7169       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7170         << PD->getDeclName();
7171 
7172       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
7173       // the offending field came from
7174       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
7175                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
7176                E = HistoryStack.end();
7177            I != E; ++I) {
7178         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
7179         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7180           << OuterField->getType();
7181       }
7182 
7183       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
7184         << QT->isPointerType()
7185         << QT;
7186       D.setInvalidType();
7187       return;
7188     }
7189   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
7190 }
7191 
7192 NamedDecl*
7193 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
7194                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
7195                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
7196                               bool &AddToScope) {
7197   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
7198 
7199   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
7200 
7201   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
7202   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7203   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7204   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
7205 
7206   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
7207     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7208          diag::err_invalid_thread)
7209       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7210 
7211   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
7212     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
7213 
7214   bool isFriend = false;
7215   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
7216   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7217   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7218 
7219   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
7220   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7221   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
7222 
7223   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
7224 
7225   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
7226   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
7227 
7228   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
7229                                               isVirtualOkay);
7230   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
7231 
7232   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
7233     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
7234 
7235   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
7236   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
7237   // context will be different from the semantic context.
7238   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7239 
7240   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
7241     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
7242 
7243   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7244     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7245     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
7246     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7247     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7248     bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified();
7249     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7250     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7251       // C++ [class.friend]p5
7252       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
7253       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
7254       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7255     }
7256 
7257     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
7258     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
7259     // return true).
7260     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
7261           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
7262       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
7263         NewFD->setPure(true);
7264 
7265       // C++ [class.union]p2
7266       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
7267       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
7268         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
7269     }
7270 
7271     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
7272     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7273     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7274     if (D.isInvalidType())
7275       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7276 
7277     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7278     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7279     bool Invalid = false;
7280     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
7281             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7282                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7283                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7284                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
7285                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
7286                     : nullptr,
7287                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
7288                 Invalid)) {
7289       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7290         // This is a function template
7291 
7292         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7293         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7294           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7295 
7296         // A destructor cannot be a template.
7297         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7298           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
7299           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7300         }
7301 
7302         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7303         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7304         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7305         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7306           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7307           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7308             Invalid = true;
7309         }
7310 
7311 
7312         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7313                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7314                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7315                                                         NewFD);
7316         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7317         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7318 
7319         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7320         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7321           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7322                                                TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1));
7323         }
7324       } else {
7325         // This is a function template specialization.
7326         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7327         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7328         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7329           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
7330 
7331         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7332         if (isFriend) {
7333           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7334           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7335 
7336           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7337           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7338           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7339           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7340           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7341           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7342           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7343             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7344             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7345           }
7346 
7347           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7348             << Name << RemoveRange
7349             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7350             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7351         }
7352       }
7353     }
7354     else {
7355       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7356       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7357       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7358         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7359         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
7360     }
7361 
7362     if (Invalid) {
7363       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7364       if (FunctionTemplate)
7365         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7366     }
7367 
7368     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7369     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7370     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7371     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7372     //
7373     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7374       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7375         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7376              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7377       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7378         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7379         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7380              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7381           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7382       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7383         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7384         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7385         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7386              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7387           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7388       } else {
7389         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7390         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7391       }
7392 
7393       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7394           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7395         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7396     }
7397 
7398     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7399         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7400          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7401         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7402       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7403       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7404       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7405       // thing to do.
7406       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7407       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7408       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7409           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7410       QualType Result =
7411           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7412       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7413                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7414     }
7415 
7416     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7417     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7418     //  declaration.
7419     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7420       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7421         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7422         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7423              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7424           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7425       }
7426     }
7427 
7428     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7429     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7430     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7431     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7432     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7433       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7434         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7435         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7436              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7437           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7438       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7439                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7440         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7441         // or conversion function.
7442         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7443              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7444           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7445       }
7446     }
7447 
7448     if (isConstexpr) {
7449       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7450       // are implicitly inline.
7451       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7452 
7453       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7454       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7455       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7456       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7457         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7458     }
7459 
7460     if (isConcept) {
7461       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
7462       // applied only to the definition of a function template [...]
7463       if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7464         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
7465              diag::err_function_concept_not_defined);
7466         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7467       }
7468 
7469       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is
7470       // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline)
7471       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7472     }
7473 
7474     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7475     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7476       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7477         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7478           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7479         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7480           << 0
7481           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7482       } else {
7483         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7484         if (FunctionTemplate)
7485           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7486       }
7487     }
7488 
7489     if (isFriend) {
7490       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7491         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7492         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7493       }
7494       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7495       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7496     }
7497 
7498     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7499     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7500     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7501     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7502       case FDK_Declaration:
7503       case FDK_Definition:
7504         break;
7505 
7506       case FDK_Defaulted:
7507         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7508         break;
7509 
7510       case FDK_Deleted:
7511         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7512         break;
7513     }
7514 
7515     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7516         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7517       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7518       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7519       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7520       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7521     }
7522 
7523     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7524         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7525       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7526       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7527       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7528       //   the class.
7529 
7530       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7531       // member function definition.
7532       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7533            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7534         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7535     }
7536 
7537     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7538     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7539     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7540     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7541     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7542          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7543         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7544       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7545           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7546           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7547   }
7548 
7549   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7550   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7551                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7552                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7553                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7554 
7555   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7556   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7557     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7558     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7559     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7560                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7561   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7562     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7563       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7564     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7565       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
7566         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7567         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7568       } else
7569         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
7570             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
7571     }
7572   }
7573 
7574   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7575   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7576   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7577   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7578     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7579 
7580     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7581     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7582     // single void argument.
7583     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7584     // already checks for that case.
7585     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7586       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7587         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7588         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7589         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7590         Params.push_back(Param);
7591 
7592         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7593           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7594       }
7595     }
7596 
7597   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7598     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7599     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7600     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7601     //
7602     // @code
7603     // typedef void fn(int);
7604     // fn f;
7605     // @endcode
7606 
7607     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7608     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7609       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7610           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7611       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7612       Params.push_back(Param);
7613     }
7614   } else {
7615     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7616            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7617   }
7618 
7619   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7620   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7621 
7622   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7623   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7624   //
7625   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7626   //
7627   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7628   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7629   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7630 
7631   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7632     NewFD->addAttr(
7633         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7634                                        Context, 0));
7635 
7636   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7637   // because all functions have linkage.
7638   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7639       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7640     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7641     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7642   }
7643 
7644   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
7645   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7646       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7647     NewFD->addAttr(
7648         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7649                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7650                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7651     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7652                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
7653                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
7654                      NewFD))
7655       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7656   }
7657 
7658   // Handle attributes.
7659   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7660 
7661   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7662     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7663     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7664     unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
7665     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7666         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7667         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7668       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7669            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7670       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7671     }
7672   }
7673 
7674   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7675     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7676     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7677     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7678       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7679 
7680     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7681       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7682 
7683     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7684       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7685                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7686     else if (!Previous.empty())
7687       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7688       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7689     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7690             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7691            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7692 
7693     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
7694     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
7695     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
7696     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
7697     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7698       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
7699       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
7700         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
7701         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
7702         int DiagID =
7703             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
7704         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
7705             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
7706       }
7707     }
7708   } else {
7709     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7710     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7711     //
7712     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7713     //
7714     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7715     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7716     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7717         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7718         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7719       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7720            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7721         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7722 
7723     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7724     // argument list into our AST format.
7725     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7726       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7727       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7728       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7729       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7730                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7731       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7732                                  TemplateArgs);
7733 
7734       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7735 
7736       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7737         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7738       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7739         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7740         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7741           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7742 
7743         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7744       } else {
7745         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7746                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7747                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7748         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7749         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7750       }
7751     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7752       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7753       // wrote something like:
7754       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7755       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7756       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7757       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7758       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7759       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7760       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7761     }
7762 
7763     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7764     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7765     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7766     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7767     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7768     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7769         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7770          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7771             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7772             InstantiationDependent))) {
7773       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7774              "friend function specialization without template args");
7775       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7776                                                        Previous))
7777         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7778     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7779       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7780           && !isFriend) {
7781         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7782         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7783           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7784           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7785           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7786       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7787                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7788                                                            : nullptr),
7789                                                      Previous))
7790         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7791 
7792       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7793       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7794       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7795       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7796           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7797       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7798         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7799           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7800                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7801             << SC
7802             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7803                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7804 
7805         else
7806           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7807                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7808             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7809                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7810       }
7811 
7812     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7813       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7814           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7815     }
7816 
7817     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7818     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7819       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7820         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7821 
7822       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7823         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7824 
7825       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7826         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7827                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7828       else if (!Previous.empty())
7829         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7830         D.setRedeclaration(true);
7831     }
7832 
7833     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7834             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7835            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7836 
7837     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7838                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7839                                 : NewFD);
7840 
7841     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7842       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7843       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7844         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7845 
7846       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7847       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7848     }
7849 
7850     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7851         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7852       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7853 
7854     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7855     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7856     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7857       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7858                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7859       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7860                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7861                                     : nullptr,
7862                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7863                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7864                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7865                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7866                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7867                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7868                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7869                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7870                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7871     }
7872 
7873     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7874       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7875     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7876       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7877                                        AddToScope };
7878       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7879       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7880         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7881 
7882       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7883       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7884         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7885         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7886 
7887         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7888         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7889         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7890         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7891         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7892         // can actually do this check immediately.
7893         if (isFriend &&
7894             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7895              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7896              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7897           // ignore these
7898         } else {
7899           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7900           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7901           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7902           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7903           //
7904           // class X {
7905           //   void f() const;
7906           // };
7907           //
7908           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7909           //
7910           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7911           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7912           // whether the parameter types are references).
7913 
7914           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7915                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7916             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7917             return Result;
7918           }
7919         }
7920 
7921         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7922         // to something.
7923       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7924         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7925                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7926           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7927           return Result;
7928         }
7929       }
7930 
7931     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7932                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7933                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7934                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7935       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7936       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7937       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7938       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7939       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7940       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7941       // generate them.
7942       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7943         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7944     }
7945   }
7946 
7947   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7948   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7949 
7950   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7951 
7952   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7953       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7954     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7955          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7956       << NewFD;
7957 
7958     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7959     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7960     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7961         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7962     EPI.Variadic = true;
7963     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7964 
7965     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7966     NewFD->setType(R);
7967   }
7968 
7969   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7970   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7971   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7972     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7973 
7974   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7975   // marking the function.
7976   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7977 
7978   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7979   // a pragma.
7980   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7981     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7982 
7983   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7984   // the map of such variables.
7985   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7986       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7987     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7988 
7989   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7990   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7991 
7992   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7993     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7994         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7995         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7996   }
7997 
7998   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7999     if (FunctionTemplate) {
8000       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8001         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
8002       return FunctionTemplate;
8003     }
8004   }
8005 
8006   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
8007     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
8008     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
8009         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
8010       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
8011       D.setInvalidType();
8012     }
8013 
8014     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
8015     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
8016       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8017       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
8018           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
8019                                 : FixItHint());
8020       D.setInvalidType();
8021     }
8022 
8023     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
8024     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
8025       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
8026   }
8027 
8028   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
8029 
8030   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
8031     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
8032       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8033           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
8034         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
8035           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
8036             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
8037 
8038           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
8039         }
8040       }
8041 
8042   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
8043   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
8044   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
8045   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8046     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
8047                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
8048                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
8049                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
8050                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
8051     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
8052     AddToScope = false;
8053   }
8054 
8055   return NewFD;
8056 }
8057 
8058 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
8059 ///
8060 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
8061 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
8062 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
8063 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
8064 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
8065 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
8066 /// via InstantiateDecl).
8067 ///
8068 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
8069 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
8070 ///
8071 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
8072 ///
8073 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
8074 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8075                                     LookupResult &Previous,
8076                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
8077   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
8078          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
8079 
8080   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
8081   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
8082   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
8083   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8084                                !Previous.isShadowed();
8085 
8086   bool Redeclaration = false;
8087   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
8088 
8089   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
8090   // the same name, if appropriate.
8091   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8092     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
8093     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
8094     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
8095     // function to the scope.
8096     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
8097       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8098       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
8099         Redeclaration = true;
8100         OldDecl = Candidate;
8101       }
8102     } else {
8103       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
8104                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
8105       case Ovl_Match:
8106         Redeclaration = true;
8107         break;
8108 
8109       case Ovl_NonFunction:
8110         Redeclaration = true;
8111         break;
8112 
8113       case Ovl_Overload:
8114         Redeclaration = false;
8115         break;
8116       }
8117 
8118       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8119         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
8120         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
8121         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8122           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8123         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
8124         if (Redeclaration)
8125           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
8126         else if (!Previous.empty())
8127           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8128         if (OverloadedDecl)
8129           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
8130                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8131         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8132       }
8133     }
8134   }
8135 
8136   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
8137   if (!Redeclaration &&
8138       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
8139     if (!Previous.empty()) {
8140       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
8141       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
8142       Redeclaration = true;
8143       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8144       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
8145 
8146       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
8147       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8148         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8149           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8150             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8151           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
8152                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8153           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8154         }
8155         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
8156           Redeclaration = false;
8157           OldDecl = nullptr;
8158         }
8159       }
8160     }
8161   }
8162 
8163   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
8164   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
8165   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
8166   //
8167   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
8168   // definition of a static member function.
8169   //
8170   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
8171   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
8172   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8173   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
8174       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
8175       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
8176     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
8177     if (OldDecl)
8178       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
8179     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
8180       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
8181         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8182       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
8183       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
8184       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
8185                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
8186 
8187       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
8188       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
8189       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8190         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
8191         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
8192                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
8193           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
8194 
8195         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
8196           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
8197       }
8198     }
8199   }
8200 
8201   if (Redeclaration) {
8202     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
8203     // merged.
8204     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
8205       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8206       return Redeclaration;
8207     }
8208 
8209     Previous.clear();
8210     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
8211 
8212     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
8213                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
8214       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
8215       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
8216         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
8217       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
8218       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
8219             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
8220         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8221         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8222       }
8223 
8224       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
8225       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
8226       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
8227           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
8228         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
8229         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
8230       }
8231 
8232     } else {
8233       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
8234       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
8235 
8236       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8237         NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
8238     }
8239   }
8240 
8241   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
8242 
8243   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8244     // C++-specific checks.
8245     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8246       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
8247     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
8248                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8249       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
8250       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
8251 
8252       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
8253       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
8254       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
8255         DeclarationName Name
8256           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
8257                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
8258         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
8259           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
8260           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8261           return Redeclaration;
8262         }
8263       }
8264     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
8265                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8266       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
8267     }
8268 
8269     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
8270     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8271       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
8272           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
8273           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
8274         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
8275           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
8276           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8277             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
8278           }
8279         }
8280       }
8281 
8282       if (Method->isStatic())
8283         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
8284     }
8285 
8286     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
8287     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
8288         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8289       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8290       return Redeclaration;
8291     }
8292 
8293     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
8294     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
8295         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8296       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8297       return Redeclaration;
8298     }
8299 
8300     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
8301     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
8302     // during delayed parsing anyway.
8303     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
8304       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
8305 
8306     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
8307     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
8308     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
8309       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
8310       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
8311       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
8312       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
8313         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
8314         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
8315         Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
8316       }
8317     }
8318 
8319     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
8320     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
8321     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
8322     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
8323     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
8324       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
8325       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
8326         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
8327             << NewFD << R;
8328       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
8329                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8330         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
8331     }
8332   }
8333   return Redeclaration;
8334 }
8335 
8336 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
8337   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
8338   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
8339   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
8340   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
8341   //   appear in a declaration of main.
8342   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
8343   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
8344   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8345     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8346          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
8347       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8348   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
8349     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
8350       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
8351   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
8352     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
8353     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
8354     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8355     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8356       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8357   }
8358   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8359     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8360       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8361     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8362   }
8363 
8364   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8365     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8366         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8367     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8368     return;
8369   }
8370 
8371   QualType T = FD->getType();
8372   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8373   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8374 
8375   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8376     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8377     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8378     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8379 
8380     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8381     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8382       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8383     else {
8384       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8385       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8386       if (RTRange.isValid())
8387         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8388             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8389     }
8390   } else {
8391     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8392     // set the flag which tells us that.
8393     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8394 
8395     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8396     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8397       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8398     else {
8399       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8400       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8401       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8402           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8403                                 : FixItHint());
8404       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8405     }
8406   }
8407 
8408   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8409   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8410 
8411   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8412   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8413   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8414 
8415   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8416 
8417   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
8418     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
8419     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
8420     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
8421   }
8422 
8423   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8424   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8425   // getting shifty.
8426   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8427     HasExtraParameters = false;
8428 
8429   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8430     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8431     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8432     nparams = 3;
8433   }
8434 
8435   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8436   // if we had some location information about types.
8437 
8438   QualType CharPP =
8439     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8440   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8441 
8442   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8443     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8444 
8445     bool mismatch = true;
8446 
8447     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8448       mismatch = false;
8449     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8450       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8451       //   char const **
8452       //   char const * const *
8453       //   char * const *
8454 
8455       QualifierCollector qs;
8456       const PointerType* PT;
8457       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8458           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8459           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8460                               Context.CharTy)) {
8461         qs.removeConst();
8462         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8463       }
8464     }
8465 
8466     if (mismatch) {
8467       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8468       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8469       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8470     }
8471   }
8472 
8473   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8474     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8475   }
8476 
8477   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8478     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8479     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8480   }
8481 }
8482 
8483 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8484   QualType T = FD->getType();
8485   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8486   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8487 
8488   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8489   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8490   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8491       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8492       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8493     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8494     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8495       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8496 
8497   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8498     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8499     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8500   }
8501 }
8502 
8503 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8504   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8505   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8506   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8507   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8508   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8509   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8510   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8511   // rules there don't matter.)
8512   const Expr *Culprit;
8513   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8514     return false;
8515   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8516     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8517   return true;
8518 }
8519 
8520 namespace {
8521   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8522   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8523   class SelfReferenceChecker
8524       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8525     Sema &S;
8526     Decl *OrigDecl;
8527     bool isRecordType;
8528     bool isPODType;
8529     bool isReferenceType;
8530 
8531     bool isInitList;
8532     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
8533   public:
8534     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8535 
8536     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8537                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8538       isPODType = false;
8539       isRecordType = false;
8540       isReferenceType = false;
8541       isInitList = false;
8542       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8543         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8544         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8545         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8546       }
8547     }
8548 
8549     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
8550     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
8551     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
8552     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
8553       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
8554       if (!InitList) {
8555         Visit(E);
8556         return;
8557       }
8558 
8559       // Track and increment the index here.
8560       isInitList = true;
8561       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
8562       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
8563         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
8564         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
8565       }
8566       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
8567     }
8568 
8569     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
8570     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
8571     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
8572       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
8573       Expr *Base = E;
8574       bool ReferenceField = false;
8575 
8576       // Get the field memebers used.
8577       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8578         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
8579         if (!FD)
8580           return false;
8581         Fields.push_back(FD);
8582         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
8583           ReferenceField = true;
8584         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8585       }
8586 
8587       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
8588       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
8589       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
8590         return false;
8591 
8592       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
8593       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
8594         return true;
8595 
8596       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
8597       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
8598       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
8599         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
8600 
8601       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
8602       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
8603       // initialized, then the use is safe.
8604       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
8605                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
8606                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
8607                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
8608            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
8609         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
8610           return true;
8611         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
8612           break;
8613       }
8614 
8615       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
8616       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8617       return true;
8618     }
8619 
8620     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8621     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8622     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8623     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8624       E = E->IgnoreParens();
8625       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8626         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8627         return;
8628       }
8629 
8630       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8631         Visit(CO->getCond());
8632         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8633         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8634         return;
8635       }
8636 
8637       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
8638               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8639         Visit(BCO->getCond());
8640         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
8641         return;
8642       }
8643 
8644       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
8645         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
8646         return;
8647       }
8648 
8649       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8650         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
8651           Visit(BO->getLHS());
8652           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
8653           return;
8654         }
8655       }
8656 
8657       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8658         if (isInitList) {
8659           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
8660                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
8661             return;
8662         }
8663 
8664         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8665         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8666           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8667           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8668             return;
8669           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8670         }
8671         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8672           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8673         return;
8674       }
8675 
8676       Visit(E);
8677     }
8678 
8679     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
8680     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
8681     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8682       if (isReferenceType)
8683         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8684     }
8685 
8686     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8687       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
8688         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8689         return;
8690       }
8691 
8692       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8693     }
8694 
8695     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8696       if (isInitList) {
8697         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
8698           return;
8699       }
8700 
8701       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8702       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8703 
8704       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8705       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8706       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8707       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8708       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8709       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8710         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8711           Warn = false;
8712         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8713       }
8714 
8715       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8716         if (Warn)
8717           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8718         return;
8719       }
8720 
8721       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8722       // Visit that expression.
8723       Visit(Base);
8724     }
8725 
8726     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8727       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
8728 
8729       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
8730         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8731 
8732       Visit(Callee);
8733       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
8734         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8735     }
8736 
8737     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8738       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8739       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8740           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8741         if (!isPODType)
8742           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8743         return;
8744       }
8745 
8746       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
8747         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8748         return;
8749       }
8750 
8751       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8752     }
8753 
8754     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8755 
8756     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8757       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8758         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
8759         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
8760           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
8761             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
8762         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
8763           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
8764             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
8765         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
8766         return;
8767       }
8768       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8769     }
8770 
8771     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
8772       // Treat std::move as a use.
8773       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
8774         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
8775           if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() &&
8776               FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
8777             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
8778             return;
8779           }
8780         }
8781       }
8782 
8783       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
8784     }
8785 
8786     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
8787       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
8788         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
8789         Visit(E->getRHS());
8790         return;
8791       }
8792 
8793       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
8794     }
8795 
8796     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
8797     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
8798     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
8799     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
8800       Visit(E->getCond());
8801       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
8802     }
8803 
8804     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8805       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8806       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8807       unsigned diag;
8808       if (isReferenceType) {
8809         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8810       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8811         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8812       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8813                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8814                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
8815         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8816       } else {
8817         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
8818         return;
8819       }
8820 
8821       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8822                             S.PDiag(diag)
8823                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8824                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8825                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8826     }
8827   };
8828 
8829   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8830   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8831                                  bool DirectInit) {
8832     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8833     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8834     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8835       return;
8836 
8837     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8838 
8839     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8840     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8841     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8842       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8843         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8844           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8845             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8846               return;
8847 
8848     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
8849   }
8850 }
8851 
8852 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8853 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8854 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8855 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8856                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8857   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8858   // the initializer.
8859   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8860     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
8861     return;
8862   }
8863 
8864   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8865     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
8866     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8867       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8868     Method->setInvalidDecl();
8869     return;
8870   }
8871 
8872   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8873   if (!VDecl) {
8874     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8875     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8876     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8877     return;
8878   }
8879   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8880 
8881   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8882   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8883     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
8884     // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a
8885     // TypoExpr.
8886     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
8887     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
8888       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8889       return;
8890     }
8891 
8892     if (Res.get() != Init) {
8893       Init = Res.get();
8894       if (CXXDirectInit)
8895         CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8896     }
8897 
8898     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8899     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8900     // contains exactly one expression.
8901     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8902       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8903         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8904         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8905         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8906              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8907                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8908           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8909           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8910         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8911         return;
8912       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8913         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8914              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8915                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8916                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8917           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8918           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8919         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8920         return;
8921       } else {
8922         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8923         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8924           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8925                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8926             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8927             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8928       }
8929     }
8930 
8931     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8932     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8933     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8934         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8935       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8936       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8937         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8938         return;
8939       }
8940       Init = Result.get();
8941       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8942     }
8943 
8944     QualType DeducedType;
8945     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8946             DAR_Failed)
8947       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8948     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8949       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8950       return;
8951     }
8952     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8953     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8954 
8955     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8956     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8957       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8958 
8959     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8960     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8961     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8962     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8963     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8964         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8965       SourceLocation Loc =
8966           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8967       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8968         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8969     }
8970 
8971     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8972     // the previously declared type.
8973     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8974       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8975       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8976       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8977     }
8978 
8979     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8980     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8981     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8982       return;
8983 
8984     // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when
8985     // we implement N3922.
8986     if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
8987       Diag(Init->getLocStart(),
8988            diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init)
8989         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "=");
8990     }
8991   }
8992 
8993   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8994   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8995     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8996     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8997     return;
8998   }
8999 
9000   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
9001     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
9002     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
9003     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9004     return;
9005   }
9006 
9007   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
9008     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
9009     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
9010     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
9011     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
9012     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
9013       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
9014     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
9015                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9016       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9017       return;
9018     }
9019 
9020     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9021     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
9022                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9023                                AbstractVariableType))
9024       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9025   }
9026 
9027   VarDecl *Def;
9028   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
9029     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
9030     if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) &&
9031         (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
9032          VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
9033          VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
9034          VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
9035       // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
9036       // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it.
9037     } else {
9038       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
9039         << VDecl->getDeclName();
9040       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9041       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9042       return;
9043     }
9044   }
9045 
9046   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9047     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
9048     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
9049     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9050     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
9051     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
9052     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
9053     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
9054     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
9055     //
9056     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
9057     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
9058     // declaration with an initializer.
9059     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
9060       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
9061           << VDecl->getDeclName();
9062       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
9063            diag::note_previous_initializer)
9064           << 0;
9065       return;
9066     }
9067 
9068     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
9069       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9070 
9071     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
9072       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9073       return;
9074     }
9075   }
9076 
9077   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
9078   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
9079   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
9080     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
9081     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9082     return;
9083   }
9084 
9085   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
9086   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
9087   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
9088 
9089   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
9090   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
9091   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9092       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
9093     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9094     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9095       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9096       return;
9097     }
9098     Init = Result.get();
9099   }
9100 
9101   // Perform the initialization.
9102   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9103     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
9104     InitializationKind Kind
9105       = DirectInit ?
9106           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
9107                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
9108                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
9109                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
9110                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
9111                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
9112                                                     Init->getLocStart());
9113 
9114     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
9115     if (CXXDirectInit)
9116       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
9117                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
9118 
9119     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
9120     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
9121       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
9122           Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
9123             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
9124             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
9125           });
9126       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
9127         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9128       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
9129         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
9130       }
9131     }
9132     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9133       return;
9134 
9135     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
9136     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
9137     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9138       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9139       return;
9140     }
9141 
9142     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
9143   }
9144 
9145   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
9146   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
9147   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
9148   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
9149       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
9150     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
9151   }
9152 
9153   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
9154   // completed by the initializer. For example:
9155   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
9156   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
9157   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
9158     VDecl->setType(DclT);
9159 
9160   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9161     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
9162 
9163     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
9164       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
9165 
9166     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
9167     // Although this code can still have problems:
9168     //   id x = self.weakProp;
9169     //   id y = self.weakProp;
9170     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
9171     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
9172     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
9173     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
9174         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
9175                          Init->getLocStart()))
9176         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
9177   }
9178 
9179   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
9180   //
9181   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
9182   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
9183   // full-expression. For instance, in:
9184   //
9185   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
9186   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
9187   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
9188   //
9189   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
9190   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
9191                                           false,
9192                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
9193   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9194     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9195     return;
9196   }
9197   Init = Result.get();
9198 
9199   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
9200   VDecl->setInit(Init);
9201 
9202   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
9203     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
9204     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
9205     // C++ does not have this restriction.
9206     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9207       const Expr *Culprit;
9208       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9209         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9210       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
9211       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
9212       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
9213       // constant expressions.
9214       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
9215                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
9216                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9217         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
9218              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
9219           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9220     }
9221   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
9222              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
9223     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
9224     //
9225     // struct S {
9226     //   static const int value = 17;
9227     // };
9228 
9229     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
9230     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
9231     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
9232     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
9233     //
9234     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
9235     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
9236     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9237     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
9238     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
9239     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
9240     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
9241     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
9242     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
9243 
9244     // Do nothing on dependent types.
9245     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
9246 
9247     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
9248     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
9249     // type.
9250     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
9251 
9252     // Require constness.
9253     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
9254       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
9255         << Init->getSourceRange();
9256       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9257 
9258     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
9259     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9260       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
9261       SourceLocation Loc;
9262       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
9263         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
9264         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
9265         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
9266       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
9267         ; // Nothing to check.
9268       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
9269         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
9270       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9271         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
9272         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
9273         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9274           << Init->getSourceRange();
9275       } else {
9276         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
9277         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
9278         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9279           << Init->getSourceRange();
9280         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9281       }
9282 
9283     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
9284     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
9285       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
9286       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
9287       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
9288         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
9289              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9290             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9291         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
9292              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9293             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9294       } else {
9295         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
9296           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9297 
9298         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9299           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9300             << Init->getSourceRange();
9301           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9302         }
9303       }
9304 
9305     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
9306     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
9307       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
9308         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
9309         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9310       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
9311 
9312     } else {
9313       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
9314         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9315       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9316     }
9317   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
9318     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
9319         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
9320          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
9321            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
9322         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
9323       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
9324 
9325     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
9326     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9327       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9328   }
9329 
9330   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
9331   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
9332   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
9333   //
9334   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
9335   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
9336   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
9337   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
9338   // special case code.
9339 
9340   // C++ 8.5p11:
9341   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
9342   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
9343   // class type.
9344   if (CXXDirectInit) {
9345     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
9346     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9347   } else if (DirectInit) {
9348     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
9349     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
9350   }
9351 
9352   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
9353 }
9354 
9355 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
9356 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
9357 /// of sanity.
9358 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
9359   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
9360   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
9361   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9362 
9363   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9364   if (!VD) return;
9365 
9366   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
9367   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
9368     D->setInvalidDecl();
9369     return;
9370   }
9371 
9372   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
9373   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
9374 
9375   // Require a complete type.
9376   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
9377                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
9378                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9379     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9380     return;
9381   }
9382 
9383   // Require a non-abstract type.
9384   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
9385                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9386                              AbstractVariableType)) {
9387     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9388     return;
9389   }
9390 
9391   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
9392   // though.
9393 }
9394 
9395 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
9396                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9397   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
9398   if (!RealDecl)
9399     return;
9400 
9401   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9402     QualType Type = Var->getType();
9403 
9404     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
9405     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
9406       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
9407         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
9408       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9409       return;
9410     }
9411 
9412     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
9413     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
9414     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
9415     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
9416     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
9417     // member.
9418     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9419       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
9420         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9421              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
9422           << Var->getDeclName();
9423       else
9424         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
9425       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9426       return;
9427     }
9428 
9429     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...]  A variable template
9430     // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A
9431     // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer.
9432     if (Var->isConcept()) {
9433       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized);
9434       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9435       return;
9436     }
9437 
9438     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
9439     // be initialized.
9440     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9441         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
9442         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
9443       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
9444       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9445       return;
9446     }
9447 
9448     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9449     case VarDecl::Definition:
9450       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
9451         break;
9452 
9453       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
9454       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
9455       // a declaration.
9456       //
9457       // Fall through
9458 
9459     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
9460       // It's only a declaration.
9461 
9462       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
9463       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
9464       // object shall be complete.
9465       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
9466           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9467           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9468                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
9469         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9470 
9471       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
9472       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9473           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9474                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9475                                  AbstractVariableType))
9476         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9477       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9478           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
9479         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
9480         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
9481       }
9482 
9483       return;
9484 
9485     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
9486       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
9487       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
9488       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
9489       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
9490       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
9491       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
9492         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
9493                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
9494           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9495                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
9496                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
9497             Var->setInvalidDecl();
9498         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9499           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
9500           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
9501           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
9502           // NOTE: code such as the following
9503           //     static struct s;
9504           //     struct s { int a; };
9505           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
9506           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
9507           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
9508           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
9509             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9510                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
9511         }
9512       }
9513 
9514       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
9515       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
9516         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
9517       return;
9518     }
9519 
9520     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9521     // definitions with incomplete array type.
9522     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
9523       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9524            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
9525       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9526       return;
9527     }
9528 
9529     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9530     // definitions with reference type.
9531     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
9532       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
9533         << Var->getDeclName()
9534         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
9535       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9536       return;
9537     }
9538 
9539     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
9540     // variable with dependent type.
9541     if (Type->isDependentType())
9542       return;
9543 
9544     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
9545       return;
9546 
9547     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9548       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9549                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
9550                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9551         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9552         return;
9553       }
9554     } else {
9555       return;
9556     }
9557 
9558     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9559     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9560                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9561                                AbstractVariableType)) {
9562       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9563       return;
9564     }
9565 
9566     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
9567     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
9568     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
9569     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
9570     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
9571     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
9572     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
9573     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
9574     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
9575     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9576     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9577       if (const RecordType *Record
9578             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9579         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9580         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9581         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9582         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9583         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9584           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9585       }
9586     }
9587 
9588     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9589     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9590     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9591     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9592     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9593     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9594     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9595     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9596     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9597     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9598     //   program is ill-formed.
9599     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9600     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9601     //   default-initialized; [...].
9602     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9603     InitializationKind Kind
9604       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9605 
9606     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9607     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9608     if (Init.isInvalid())
9609       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9610     else if (Init.get()) {
9611       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9612       // This is important for template substitution.
9613       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9614     }
9615 
9616     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9617   }
9618 }
9619 
9620 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9621   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9622   if (!VD) {
9623     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9624     D->setInvalidDecl();
9625     return;
9626   }
9627 
9628   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9629 
9630   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9631   int Error = -1;
9632   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9633   case SC_None:
9634     break;
9635   case SC_Extern:
9636     Error = 0;
9637     break;
9638   case SC_Static:
9639     Error = 1;
9640     break;
9641   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9642     Error = 2;
9643     break;
9644   case SC_Auto:
9645     Error = 3;
9646     break;
9647   case SC_Register:
9648     Error = 4;
9649     break;
9650   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
9651     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
9652   }
9653   if (Error != -1) {
9654     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9655       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9656     D->setInvalidDecl();
9657   }
9658 }
9659 
9660 StmtResult
9661 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9662                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9663                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9664                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9665   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9666   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9667   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9668   //   is equivalent to
9669   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9670   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9671 
9672   const char *PrevSpec;
9673   unsigned DiagID;
9674   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9675                      getPrintingPolicy());
9676 
9677   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9678   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9679   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9680 
9681   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9682   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9683                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9684   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9685   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9686   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9687   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9688                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9689 }
9690 
9691 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9692   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9693 
9694   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9695   // local retaining variable.
9696   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9697       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9698     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9699     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9700     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9701     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9702       break;
9703 
9704     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9705     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9706       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9707       break;
9708     }
9709   }
9710 
9711   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9712   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9713   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9714   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9715   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9716   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9717       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9718       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9719       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9720                                   var->getLocation())) {
9721     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9722     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9723     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9724       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9725 
9726     if (!prev)
9727       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9728   }
9729 
9730   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9731     const Expr *Culprit;
9732     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9733       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9734       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9735       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9736       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9737       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9738         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9739     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9740                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9741                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9742       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9743       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9744       //   initialization.
9745       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9746       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9747         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9748       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9749         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9750     }
9751 
9752   }
9753 
9754   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
9755   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
9756   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9757       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9758     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9759     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
9760     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9761       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9762     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9763       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9764       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9765     } else {
9766       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9767       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9768     }
9769     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
9770       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9771           Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9772           Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9773     }
9774     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9775       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9776         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9777 
9778     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9779     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9780     // attribute.
9781     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9782       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9783                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9784   }
9785 
9786   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9787   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9788 
9789   QualType type = var->getType();
9790   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9791 
9792   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9793   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9794     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9795     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9796 
9797     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9798     // constructing this copy.
9799     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9800       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9801       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9802       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9803       ExprResult result
9804         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9805             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9806             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9807       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9808         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9809         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9810         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9811       }
9812     }
9813   }
9814 
9815   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9816   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
9817   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9818 
9819   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9820       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9821     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9822         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9823                                     var->getLocation())) {
9824       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9825       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9826       // warned about them.
9827       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9828       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9829           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9830         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9831           << Init->getSourceRange();
9832     }
9833 
9834     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9835       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9836       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9837         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9838         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9839         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9840         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9841               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9842           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9843           Notes.clear();
9844         }
9845         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9846           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9847         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9848           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9849       }
9850     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9851       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9852       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9853       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9854       var->checkInitIsICE();
9855     }
9856   }
9857 
9858   // Require the destructor.
9859   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9860     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9861 }
9862 
9863 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
9864 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
9865   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
9866     return true;
9867   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
9868     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
9869       return true;
9870   return false;
9871 }
9872 
9873 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9874 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9875 void
9876 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9877   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9878   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9879 
9880   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9881   if (!VD)
9882     return;
9883 
9884   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9885 
9886   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
9887   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
9888   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
9889   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
9890     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
9891     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
9892     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) {
9893       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
9894       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
9895         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
9896           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
9897           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
9898       }
9899     }
9900   }
9901 
9902   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9903   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9904     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9905             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9906       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9907         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9908         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9909         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9910       }
9911     }
9912   }
9913 
9914   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
9915   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
9916 
9917   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9918   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
9919     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9920         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9921       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9922       // with a warning.
9923       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9924         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9925       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9926           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9927           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9928 
9929       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9930            IsClassTemplateMember
9931                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9932                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9933       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9934       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9935         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9936     }
9937   }
9938 
9939   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
9940   // isn't exported with the variable.
9941   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
9942     Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
9943                                                                   << DLLAttr;
9944     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9945   }
9946 
9947   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9948     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9949       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9950       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9951     }
9952   }
9953 
9954   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9955   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9956   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9957   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9958     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9959 
9960   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9961   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9962       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9963     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9964 
9965   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9966   // tag values.
9967   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9968       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9969     return;
9970 
9971   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9972     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9973     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9974       continue;
9975     }
9976     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9977     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9978       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9979            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9980         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9981       continue;
9982     }
9983     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9984       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9985            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9986         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9987       continue;
9988     }
9989     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9990     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9991                                MagicValue,
9992                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9993                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9994                                I->getMustBeNull());
9995   }
9996 }
9997 
9998 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9999                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
10000   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
10001 
10002   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
10003     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
10004 
10005   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
10006   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
10007     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
10008       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
10009         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
10010           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
10011       Decls.push_back(D);
10012     }
10013 
10014   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
10015     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
10016       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
10017       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
10018         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
10019     }
10020   }
10021 
10022   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
10023 }
10024 
10025 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
10026 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
10027 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
10028 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
10029                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
10030   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
10031   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
10032   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
10033   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
10034   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
10035   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
10036   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
10037   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
10038     QualType Deduced;
10039     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
10040     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
10041     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10042       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
10043         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
10044         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
10045         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
10046           break;
10047         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
10048         if (!U.isNull()) {
10049           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
10050           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
10051             Deduced = U;
10052             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
10053             DeducedDecl = D;
10054           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
10055             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
10056                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
10057               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
10058               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
10059               << U << D->getDeclName()
10060               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
10061               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
10062             D->setInvalidDecl();
10063             break;
10064           }
10065         }
10066       }
10067     }
10068   }
10069 
10070   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
10071 
10072   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
10073       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
10074 }
10075 
10076 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
10077   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
10078 }
10079 
10080 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
10081   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
10082   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
10083     return;
10084 
10085   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
10086                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
10087       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
10088                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
10089     return;
10090 
10091   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
10092     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
10093     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
10094     // additional declaration references:
10095     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
10096     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
10097     //   'struct S *pS;'
10098     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
10099     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
10100     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
10101       Group = Group.slice(1);
10102     }
10103   }
10104 
10105   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
10106   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
10107   if (!Comments.empty() &&
10108       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
10109     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
10110     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
10111     //
10112     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
10113     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
10114     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
10115     // ahead through comments.
10116     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
10117       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
10118   }
10119 }
10120 
10121 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
10122 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
10123 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
10124   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
10125 
10126   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
10127 
10128   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
10129   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
10130   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
10131     SC = SC_Register;
10132   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10133              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
10134     SC = SC_Auto;
10135   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
10136     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
10137          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
10138     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
10139   }
10140 
10141   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
10142     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
10143       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
10144   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
10145     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
10146       << 0;
10147 
10148   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
10149 
10150   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
10151   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
10152 
10153   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10154     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
10155     // parameter.
10156     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
10157 
10158     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
10159     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
10160       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
10161         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
10162       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
10163     }
10164   }
10165 
10166   // Ensure we have a valid name
10167   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
10168   if (D.hasName()) {
10169     II = D.getIdentifier();
10170     if (!II) {
10171       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
10172         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
10173       D.setInvalidType(true);
10174     }
10175   }
10176 
10177   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
10178   if (II) {
10179     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
10180                    ForRedeclaration);
10181     LookupName(R, S);
10182     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
10183       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
10184       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10185         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10186         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
10187         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10188         PrevDecl = nullptr;
10189       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10190         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
10191         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10192 
10193         // Recover by removing the name
10194         II = nullptr;
10195         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
10196         D.setInvalidType(true);
10197       }
10198     }
10199   }
10200 
10201   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
10202   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
10203   // looking like class members in C++.
10204   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
10205                                     D.getLocStart(),
10206                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
10207                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
10208                                     SC);
10209 
10210   if (D.isInvalidType())
10211     New->setInvalidDecl();
10212 
10213   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
10214   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
10215   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
10216                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
10217 
10218   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
10219   S->AddDecl(New);
10220   if (II)
10221     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
10222 
10223   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
10224 
10225   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10226     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10227       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
10228       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10229       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10230 
10231   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
10232     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
10233   }
10234   return New;
10235 }
10236 
10237 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
10238 /// typedef.
10239 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
10240                                               SourceLocation Loc,
10241                                               QualType T) {
10242   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
10243      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
10244      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
10245   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
10246                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
10247                                            SC_None, nullptr);
10248   Param->setImplicit();
10249   return Param;
10250 }
10251 
10252 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10253                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
10254   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
10255   // will already have done so in the template itself.
10256   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
10257     return;
10258 
10259   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10260     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
10261         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
10262       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
10263         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
10264     }
10265   }
10266 }
10267 
10268 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10269                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
10270                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
10271                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
10272   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
10273     return;
10274 
10275   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10276   // threshold.
10277   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
10278     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
10279     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10280       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
10281           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
10282   }
10283 
10284   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10285   // threshold.
10286   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10287     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
10288     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
10289       continue;
10290     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
10291     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10292       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
10293           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
10294   }
10295 }
10296 
10297 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10298                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
10299                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
10300                                   StorageClass SC) {
10301   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
10302   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
10303       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
10304       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
10305 
10306     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
10307 
10308     // Special cases for arrays:
10309     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
10310     //   - otherwise, it's an error
10311     if (T->isArrayType()) {
10312       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
10313         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
10314             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
10315             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
10316       }
10317       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
10318     } else {
10319       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
10320     }
10321     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
10322   }
10323 
10324   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
10325                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
10326                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
10327 
10328   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
10329   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
10330   // the class has been completely parsed.
10331   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
10332       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10333                              AbstractParamType))
10334     New->setInvalidDecl();
10335 
10336   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
10337   // passed by reference.
10338   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
10339     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
10340     Diag(NameLoc,
10341          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
10342       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
10343     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
10344     New->setType(T);
10345   }
10346 
10347   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
10348   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
10349   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
10350   // an address space.
10351   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
10352     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
10353     // to be qualified with an address space.
10354     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
10355       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
10356       New->setInvalidDecl();
10357     }
10358   }
10359 
10360   return New;
10361 }
10362 
10363 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
10364                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
10365   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
10366 
10367   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
10368   // for a K&R function.
10369   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
10370     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
10371       --i;
10372       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
10373         SmallString<256> Code;
10374         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
10375             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
10376         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
10377             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
10378             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
10379 
10380         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
10381         // type.
10382         AttributeFactory attrs;
10383         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
10384         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
10385         unsigned DiagID; // unused
10386         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
10387                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10388         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
10389         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10390         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10391         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
10392         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10393         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
10394       }
10395     }
10396   }
10397 }
10398 
10399 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
10400   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
10401   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
10402   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
10403 
10404   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
10405   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
10406   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
10407 }
10408 
10409 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
10410   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
10411 }
10412 
10413 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10414                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10415   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
10416   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10417     return false;
10418 
10419   // Or declarations that aren't global.
10420   if (!FD->isGlobal())
10421     return false;
10422 
10423   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
10424   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
10425     return false;
10426 
10427   // Don't warn about 'main'.
10428   if (FD->isMain())
10429     return false;
10430 
10431   // Don't warn about inline functions.
10432   if (FD->isInlined())
10433     return false;
10434 
10435   // Don't warn about function templates.
10436   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10437     return false;
10438 
10439   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
10440   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
10441     return false;
10442 
10443   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
10444   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
10445     return false;
10446 
10447   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
10448   if (FD->isDeleted())
10449     return false;
10450 
10451   bool MissingPrototype = true;
10452   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
10453        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
10454     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
10455     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
10456     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
10457       continue;
10458 
10459     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
10460     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
10461       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
10462     break;
10463   }
10464 
10465   return MissingPrototype;
10466 }
10467 
10468 void
10469 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
10470                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
10471   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
10472   // was an extern inline function.
10473   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
10474   if (!Definition)
10475     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
10476       return;
10477 
10478   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
10479     return;
10480 
10481   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
10482   // a template, it's OK to form another definition of it.
10483   //
10484   // FIXME: Should we skip the body of the function and use the old definition
10485   // in this case? That may be necessary for functions that return local types
10486   // through a deduced return type, or instantiate templates with local types.
10487   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
10488       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
10489        Definition->isInlined() ||
10490        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
10491        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists()))
10492     return;
10493 
10494   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
10495       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
10496     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
10497         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10498   else
10499     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
10500 
10501   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10502   FD->setInvalidDecl();
10503 }
10504 
10505 
10506 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
10507                                    Sema &S) {
10508   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
10509 
10510   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
10511   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
10512   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
10513   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
10514   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
10515 
10516   if (LCD == LCD_None)
10517     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
10518   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
10519     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
10520   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
10521     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
10522   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
10523 
10524   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
10525   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
10526 
10527   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
10528   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
10529   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
10530   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
10531     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
10532       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
10533       if (VD->isInitCapture())
10534         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
10535       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
10536       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
10537       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
10538           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
10539           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
10540                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
10541           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10542 
10543     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
10544       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
10545                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10546     } else {
10547       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
10548     }
10549     ++I;
10550   }
10551 }
10552 
10553 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
10554   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
10555   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
10556 
10557   if (!D)
10558     return D;
10559   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
10560 
10561   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
10562     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
10563   else
10564     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
10565   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
10566   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
10567   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
10568   // LambdaScopeInfo.
10569   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
10570   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
10571   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
10572   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
10573   // have the LSI properly restored.
10574   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
10575     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
10576       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
10577       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
10578     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
10579   }
10580   else
10581     // Enter a new function scope
10582     PushFunctionScope();
10583 
10584   // See if this is a redefinition.
10585   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
10586     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
10587 
10588   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
10589   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10590     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
10591         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
10592       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
10593       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10594     }
10595   }
10596 
10597   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
10598   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
10599   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
10600   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
10601       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10602       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
10603                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
10604     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10605 
10606   if (FnBodyScope)
10607     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10608 
10609   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10610   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10611                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10612 
10613   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10614   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10615     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10616 
10617     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10618     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10619       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10620 
10621       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10622     }
10623   }
10624 
10625   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10626   // introduce them into the function scope.
10627   if (FnBodyScope) {
10628     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10629              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10630              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10631          I != E; ++I) {
10632       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10633 
10634       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the
10635       // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove
10636       // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context.
10637       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10638         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10639         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10640           if (DI == D) {
10641             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10642             break;
10643           }
10644         }
10645         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10646         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10647       }
10648 
10649       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10650       if (!D->getName().empty())
10651         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10652 
10653       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10654       // accessible in this scope.
10655       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10656         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10657           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10658       }
10659     }
10660   }
10661 
10662   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10663   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10664     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10665 
10666   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10667   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10668       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10669     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10670     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10671     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10672     return D;
10673   }
10674   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10675   // a function template).
10676   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10677   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10678       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10679       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10680     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10681 
10682   return D;
10683 }
10684 
10685 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10686 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10687 /// optimization.
10688 ///
10689 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10690 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10691 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10692 /// use the named return value optimization.
10693 ///
10694 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10695 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10696 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10697 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10698   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10699 
10700   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10701     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10702       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10703         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10704     }
10705   }
10706 }
10707 
10708 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10709   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10710   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10711     return false;
10712 
10713   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10714   // return type (yet).
10715   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10716     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10717     // we can still delay parsing it.
10718     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10719       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10720       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10721           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10722         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10723         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10724       }
10725     }
10726     return false;
10727   }
10728 
10729   return true;
10730 }
10731 
10732 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10733   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10734   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10735   // rest of the file.
10736   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10737   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10738   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10739     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10740       return false;
10741   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10742 }
10743 
10744 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10745   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10746     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10747   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10748     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10749   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10750 }
10751 
10752 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10753   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10754 }
10755 
10756 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10757                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10758   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10759 
10760   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10761   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10762 
10763   if (FD) {
10764     FD->setBody(Body);
10765 
10766     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10767         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10768       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10769       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10770       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10771       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10772         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10773             << FD->getReturnType();
10774         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10775       } else {
10776         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10777         TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
10778         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10779             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10780       }
10781     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
10782       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
10783       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
10784         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
10785 
10786         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
10787         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
10788         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
10789         QualType RetType =
10790             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
10791 
10792         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
10793         const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
10794             FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10795         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
10796                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
10797       }
10798     }
10799 
10800     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10801     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10802     // is the first declaration.
10803     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10804       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10805         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10806       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10807                !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
10808                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10809         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10810     }
10811 
10812     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10813     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10814     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10815       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10816 
10817     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10818     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10819     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10820       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10821 
10822     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10823       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10824       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted())
10825         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10826       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10827                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10828 
10829       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
10830       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10831         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10832       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
10833         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
10834 
10835       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10836       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10837       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10838       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10839           !FD->isDependentContext())
10840         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10841     }
10842 
10843     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
10844     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
10845     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
10846     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
10847     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
10848     const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
10849     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
10850       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
10851 
10852       if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10853         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
10854         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
10855         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
10856                 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
10857           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
10858           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
10859             Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
10860                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
10861                 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
10862                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
10863         }
10864       }
10865     }
10866 
10867     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
10868       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
10869       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
10870           MD->isVirtual() &&
10871           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
10872           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
10873         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
10874         if (FD->isInlined() &&
10875             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
10876           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
10877 
10878           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
10879           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
10880           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
10881           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
10882           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
10883             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
10884         } else {
10885           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
10886           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
10887         }
10888       }
10889     }
10890 
10891     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10892            "Function parsing confused");
10893   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10894     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10895     MD->setBody(Body);
10896     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10897       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10898       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10899                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10900 
10901       if (Body)
10902         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10903     }
10904     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10905       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10906         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10907       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10908     }
10909     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10910       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10911       bool isDesignated =
10912           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10913       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10914       (void)isDesignated;
10915 
10916       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10917         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10918         if (!IFace)
10919           return false;
10920         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10921         if (!SuperD)
10922           return false;
10923         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10924             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10925       };
10926       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10927       // of NSObject.
10928       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10929         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10930              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10931         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10932              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10933       }
10934       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10935     }
10936     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10937       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10938       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10939         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10940              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10941       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10942     }
10943   } else {
10944     return nullptr;
10945   }
10946 
10947   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10948          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10949          "handled in the block above.");
10950 
10951   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10952   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
10953     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10954     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10955     // Verify this.
10956     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10957       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10958 
10959     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10960     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10961         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10962       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10963 
10964     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10965       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10966         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10967 
10968       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10969                                              Destructor->getParent());
10970     }
10971 
10972     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10973     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10974     // deletion in some later function.
10975     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10976         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10977       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10978     }
10979     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10980         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10981       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10982       // enabled.
10983       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10984     }
10985 
10986     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10987         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10988          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10989       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10990 
10991     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
10992       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
10993         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
10994           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
10995           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10996           FD->setInvalidDecl();
10997           break;
10998         }
10999       }
11000     }
11001 
11002     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
11003                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
11004            "Leftover temporaries in function");
11005     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
11006     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
11007            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
11008   }
11009 
11010   if (!IsInstantiation)
11011     PopDeclContext();
11012 
11013   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
11014   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
11015   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
11016   // deletion in some later function.
11017   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
11018     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
11019   }
11020 
11021   return dcl;
11022 }
11023 
11024 
11025 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
11026 /// relevant Decl.
11027 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
11028                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
11029   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
11030   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
11031     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
11032   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
11033 
11034   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
11035     if (Method->isStatic())
11036       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
11037 }
11038 
11039 
11040 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
11041 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
11042 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
11043                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
11044   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
11045   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
11046   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
11047   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
11048   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
11049     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
11050     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11051     return ExternCPrev;
11052   }
11053 
11054   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
11055   unsigned diag_id;
11056   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
11057     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
11058   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
11059     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
11060   else
11061     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
11062   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
11063 
11064   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
11065   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
11066   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
11067     TypoCorrection Corrected;
11068     if (S &&
11069         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
11070              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
11071              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
11072       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
11073                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
11074   }
11075 
11076   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
11077   const char *Dummy;
11078   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
11079   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
11080   unsigned DiagID;
11081   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
11082                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
11083   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
11084   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
11085   SourceLocation NoLoc;
11086   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
11087   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
11088                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
11089                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
11090                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
11091                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
11092                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
11093                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
11094                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
11095                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
11096                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11097                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11098                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11099                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11100                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
11101                                              EST_None,
11102                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
11103                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
11104                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
11105                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
11106                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
11107                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
11108                                              Loc, Loc, D),
11109                 DS.getAttributes(),
11110                 SourceLocation());
11111   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
11112 
11113   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
11114 
11115   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
11116   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
11117 
11118   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
11119   FD->setImplicit();
11120 
11121   CurContext = PrevDC;
11122 
11123   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
11124 
11125   return FD;
11126 }
11127 
11128 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
11129 /// the declaration of this function.
11130 ///
11131 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
11132 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
11133 /// like NSLog or printf.
11134 ///
11135 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
11136 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
11137 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
11138   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
11139     return;
11140 
11141   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
11142   // actual attributes.
11143   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
11144     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
11145     unsigned FormatIdx;
11146     bool HasVAListArg;
11147     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
11148       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
11149         const char *fmt = "printf";
11150         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
11151         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
11152             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
11153           fmt = "NSString";
11154         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11155                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
11156                                                FormatIdx+1,
11157                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
11158                                                FD->getLocation()));
11159       }
11160     }
11161     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
11162                                              HasVAListArg)) {
11163      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
11164        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11165                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
11166                                               FormatIdx+1,
11167                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
11168                                               FD->getLocation()));
11169     }
11170 
11171     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
11172     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
11173     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
11174     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
11175         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
11176       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
11177         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11178     }
11179 
11180     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
11181         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
11182       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11183                                          FD->getLocation()));
11184     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
11185       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11186     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
11187       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11188   }
11189 
11190   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
11191   if (!Name)
11192     return;
11193   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11194        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
11195       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
11196        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
11197        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
11198     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
11199     // about.
11200   } else
11201     return;
11202 
11203   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
11204     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
11205     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
11206     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
11207       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11208                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
11209                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
11210                                              FD->getLocation()));
11211   }
11212 
11213   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
11214     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
11215     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
11216     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
11217       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
11218                                                 FD->getLocation()));
11219   }
11220 }
11221 
11222 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
11223                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
11224   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
11225   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
11226 
11227   if (!TInfo) {
11228     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
11229     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
11230   }
11231 
11232   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
11233   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
11234                                            D.getLocStart(),
11235                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
11236                                            D.getIdentifier(),
11237                                            TInfo);
11238 
11239   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
11240   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
11241     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
11242     return NewTD;
11243   }
11244 
11245   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
11246     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
11247       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
11248         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
11249         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
11250         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
11251     else
11252       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
11253   }
11254 
11255   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
11256   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
11257   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
11258   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
11259   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
11260   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
11261   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
11262   case TST_enum:
11263   case TST_struct:
11264   case TST_interface:
11265   case TST_union:
11266   case TST_class: {
11267     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
11268     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
11269     break;
11270   }
11271 
11272   default:
11273     break;
11274   }
11275 
11276   return NewTD;
11277 }
11278 
11279 
11280 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
11281 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
11282   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
11283   QualType T = TI->getType();
11284 
11285   if (T->isDependentType())
11286     return false;
11287 
11288   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
11289     if (BT->isInteger())
11290       return false;
11291 
11292   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
11293   return true;
11294 }
11295 
11296 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
11297 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
11298 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
11299                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
11300                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
11301   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
11302 
11303   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
11304     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
11305       << Prev->isScoped();
11306     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11307     return true;
11308   }
11309 
11310   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
11311     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
11312         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
11313         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
11314                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
11315       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
11316       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
11317         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
11318       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
11319           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
11320       return true;
11321     }
11322   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
11323     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
11324       << Prev->isFixed();
11325     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11326     return true;
11327   }
11328 
11329   return false;
11330 }
11331 
11332 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
11333 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
11334 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
11335 ///
11336 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
11337 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
11338   switch (Tag) {
11339   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
11340   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
11341   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
11342   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
11343   }
11344 }
11345 
11346 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
11347 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
11348 ///
11349 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
11350 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
11351 {
11352   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
11353 }
11354 
11355 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
11356 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
11357 ///
11358 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
11359 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
11360                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
11361                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
11362                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
11363   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
11364   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
11365   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
11366   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
11367   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
11368   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
11369   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
11370   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
11371   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
11372   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
11373   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
11374   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
11375   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
11376   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
11377   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
11378     if (OldTag == NewTag)
11379       return true;
11380 
11381   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
11382     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
11383     bool isTemplate = false;
11384     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
11385       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
11386 
11387     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
11388       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
11389       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
11390       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11391         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11392         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11393       return true;
11394     }
11395 
11396     if (isDefinition) {
11397       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
11398       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
11399       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11400         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
11401         return true;
11402       }
11403 
11404       bool previousMismatch = false;
11405       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
11406         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
11407           if (!previousMismatch) {
11408             previousMismatch = true;
11409             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
11410               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11411               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
11412           }
11413           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11414             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
11415             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
11416                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
11417         }
11418       }
11419       return true;
11420     }
11421 
11422     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
11423     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
11424     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
11425     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
11426                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
11427     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
11428       return true;
11429     }
11430 
11431     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11432       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11433       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11434     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11435 
11436     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
11437     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11438         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11439           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
11440           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
11441                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
11442     }
11443 
11444     return true;
11445   }
11446   return false;
11447 }
11448 
11449 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
11450 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
11451 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
11452 ///   namespace N {
11453 ///     struct X;
11454 ///     namespace M {
11455 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
11456 ///     }
11457 ///   }
11458 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
11459                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11460   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
11461   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
11462   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
11463   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
11464   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11465   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
11466     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
11467     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
11468     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
11469     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
11470       return FixItHint();
11471     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
11472     Namespaces.push_back(II);
11473     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
11474         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
11475     if (Lookup == Namespace)
11476       break;
11477   }
11478 
11479   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
11480   // build an NNS.
11481   SmallString<64> Insertion;
11482   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
11483   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
11484     OS << "::";
11485   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
11486   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
11487     OS << II->getName() << "::";
11488   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
11489 }
11490 
11491 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
11492 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
11493 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
11494 /// using-declaration).
11495 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
11496                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
11497   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
11498   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
11499 
11500   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
11501     return true;
11502 
11503   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
11504   // encloses the other).
11505   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
11506       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
11507     return true;
11508 
11509   return false;
11510 }
11511 
11512 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
11513 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
11514 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
11515 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
11516 ///
11517 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
11518 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
11519 ///
11520 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
11521 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
11522 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
11523                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
11524                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
11525                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
11526                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
11527                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11528                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
11529                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
11530                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
11531                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
11532                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11533   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
11534   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
11535   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
11536          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
11537   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
11538 
11539   OwnedDecl = false;
11540   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
11541   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
11542 
11543   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
11544   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
11545   bool Invalid = false;
11546 
11547   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
11548   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
11549   // for non-C++ cases.
11550   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
11551       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
11552     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
11553             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
11554                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
11555                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
11556       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11557         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
11558         return nullptr;
11559       }
11560 
11561       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
11562         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
11563         // be a member of another template).
11564 
11565         if (Invalid)
11566           return nullptr;
11567 
11568         OwnedDecl = false;
11569         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
11570                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
11571                                                TemplateParams, AS,
11572                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
11573                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
11574                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
11575                                                TemplateParameterLists.data(),
11576                                                SkipBody);
11577         return Result.get();
11578       } else {
11579         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
11580         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
11581           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
11582         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
11583       }
11584     }
11585   }
11586 
11587   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
11588   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
11589   // redeclaration.
11590   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
11591 
11592   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11593     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
11594       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
11595       // type, default to int.
11596       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11597     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
11598       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
11599       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
11600       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
11601       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
11602       EnumUnderlying = TI;
11603 
11604       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
11605         // Recover by falling back to int.
11606         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11607 
11608       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
11609                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
11610         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11611 
11612     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11613       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
11614       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11615   }
11616 
11617   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
11618   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
11619   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
11620 
11621   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
11622   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
11623     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
11624 
11625   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
11626   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11627     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
11628 
11629     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
11630     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
11631       Name = nullptr;
11632       goto CreateNewDecl;
11633     }
11634 
11635     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
11636     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
11637     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11638       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
11639       if (!DC) {
11640         IsDependent = true;
11641         return nullptr;
11642       }
11643     } else {
11644       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
11645       if (!DC) {
11646         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
11647           << SS.getRange();
11648         return nullptr;
11649       }
11650     }
11651 
11652     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
11653       return nullptr;
11654 
11655     SearchDC = DC;
11656     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
11657     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
11658 
11659     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11660       return nullptr;
11661 
11662     if (Previous.empty()) {
11663       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
11664       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
11665       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
11666       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
11667       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
11668       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
11669       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
11670           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11671         IsDependent = true;
11672         return nullptr;
11673       }
11674 
11675       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11676       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11677         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11678       Name = nullptr;
11679       Invalid = true;
11680       goto CreateNewDecl;
11681     }
11682   } else if (Name) {
11683     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
11684     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
11685     //   name different from T:
11686     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
11687     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
11688         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
11689       return nullptr;
11690 
11691     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11692     // declaration or definition.
11693     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11694     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11695     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11696     LookupName(Previous, S);
11697 
11698     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11699     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11700     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11701         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11702       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11703       while (F.hasNext()) {
11704         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11705         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11706           F.erase();
11707       }
11708       F.done();
11709     }
11710 
11711     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11712     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11713     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11714     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11715     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11716     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11717     //
11718     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11719     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11720     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11721     //
11722     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11723     // semantic context?
11724     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11725       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11726       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11727       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11728       while (F.hasNext()) {
11729         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11730         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11731         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11732             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11733           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11734             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11735           else
11736             F.erase();
11737         }
11738       }
11739       F.done();
11740 
11741       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11742       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11743       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11744         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11745         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11746             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11747       }
11748     }
11749 
11750     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11751     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11752       return nullptr;
11753 
11754     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11755       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11756       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11757       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11758       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11759       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11760         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11761     }
11762   }
11763 
11764   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11765       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11766     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11767     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11768     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11769     Previous.clear();
11770   }
11771 
11772   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11773       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11774     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11775     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11776 
11777     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11778       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11779       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11780       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11781       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11782     }
11783   }
11784 
11785   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11786   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11787   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11788   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11789   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11790       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11791     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11792     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11793 
11794     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11795       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11796       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11797       //
11798       //          class-key identifier
11799       //
11800       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11801       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11802       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11803       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11804       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11805       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11806       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11807       //      declaration.
11808       //
11809       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11810       // C structs and unions.
11811       //
11812       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11813       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11814       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11815       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11816       //
11817       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11818       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11819       //
11820       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11821       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11822       // lexical context,
11823       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11824         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11825 
11826       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
11827       while (S->isClassScope() ||
11828              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11829               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
11830              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
11831              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
11832         S = S->getParent();
11833     } else {
11834       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
11835       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
11836       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
11837       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
11838       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
11839       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11840     }
11841 
11842     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
11843     // diagnose some problems.
11844     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11845       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
11846       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
11847     }
11848   }
11849 
11850   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
11851   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
11852     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
11853 
11854   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11855     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11856     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11857 
11858     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
11859     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
11860     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
11861     // in C++.
11862     //
11863     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
11864     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
11865     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
11866     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
11867     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11868       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11869         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
11870           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
11871           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
11872               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
11873                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11874             PrevDecl = Tag;
11875             Previous.clear();
11876             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
11877             Previous.resolveKind();
11878           }
11879         }
11880       }
11881     }
11882 
11883     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
11884     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
11885     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
11886     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
11887       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
11888       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
11889           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) &&
11890           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
11891                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
11892         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
11893         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
11894              diag::note_using_decl_target);
11895         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
11896             << 0;
11897         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
11898         Previous.clear();
11899         goto CreateNewDecl;
11900       }
11901     }
11902 
11903     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11904       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
11905       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
11906       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
11907       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
11908           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11909                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11910         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
11911         // struct or something similar.
11912         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
11913                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
11914                                           Name)) {
11915           bool SafeToContinue
11916             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
11917                Kind != TTK_Enum);
11918           if (SafeToContinue)
11919             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
11920               << Name
11921               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
11922                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
11923           else
11924             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
11925           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11926 
11927           if (SafeToContinue)
11928             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
11929           else {
11930             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
11931             Name = nullptr;
11932             Previous.clear();
11933             Invalid = true;
11934           }
11935         }
11936 
11937         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
11938           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
11939 
11940           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
11941           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
11942           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11943             if (ScopedEnum)
11944               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
11945                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
11946                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
11947             return PrevTagDecl;
11948           }
11949 
11950           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
11951           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11952             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11953           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
11954             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
11955 
11956           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
11957           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11958           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11959           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11960                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11961             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11962         }
11963 
11964         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11965         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11966         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11967         //   and then later defined.
11968         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11969             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11970           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11971           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11972         }
11973 
11974         if (!Invalid) {
11975           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11976           // we have attributes.
11977 
11978           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11979           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11980           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11981           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11982           if (!Attr &&
11983               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11984                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11985                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11986             return PrevTagDecl;
11987 
11988           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11989           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11990             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11991               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11992               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11993               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11994               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11995               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11996                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11997                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11998                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11999                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
12000                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
12001                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
12002                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
12003                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
12004               }
12005 
12006               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
12007               if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12008                   !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
12009                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
12010                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
12011                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
12012                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
12013                 // use it in place of this one.
12014                 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
12015                 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc);
12016                 return Def;
12017               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
12018                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
12019                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
12020                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
12021                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
12022                 else
12023                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
12024                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12025                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
12026                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
12027                 // references get the previous definition.
12028                 Name = nullptr;
12029                 Previous.clear();
12030                 Invalid = true;
12031               }
12032             } else {
12033               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
12034               // about a nested redefinition.
12035               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
12036               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
12037                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
12038                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
12039                      diag::note_previous_definition);
12040                 Name = nullptr;
12041                 Previous.clear();
12042                 Invalid = true;
12043               }
12044             }
12045 
12046             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
12047             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
12048           }
12049 
12050           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
12051           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
12052           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
12053           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
12054             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
12055             AS = AS_none;
12056           }
12057         }
12058         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
12059         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
12060 
12061       } else {
12062         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
12063         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
12064         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
12065         // have distinct types.
12066         Previous.clear();
12067       }
12068       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
12069       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
12070       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
12071 
12072 
12073     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
12074     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
12075     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
12076     } else {
12077       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
12078       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
12079       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
12080       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
12081           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
12082         unsigned Kind = 0;
12083         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12084         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
12085         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
12086         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
12087         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
12088         Invalid = true;
12089 
12090       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
12091       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
12092                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
12093         // do nothing
12094 
12095       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
12096       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12097         unsigned Kind = 0;
12098         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12099         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
12100         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
12101         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
12102         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
12103         Invalid = true;
12104 
12105       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
12106       // case here.
12107       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12108         unsigned Kind = 0;
12109         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12110         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
12111           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
12112         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
12113         Invalid = true;
12114 
12115       // Otherwise, diagnose.
12116       } else {
12117         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
12118         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
12119         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
12120         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12121         Name = nullptr;
12122         Invalid = true;
12123       }
12124 
12125       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
12126       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
12127       Previous.clear();
12128     }
12129   }
12130 
12131 CreateNewDecl:
12132 
12133   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12134   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
12135     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
12136 
12137   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
12138   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
12139   // keyword.
12140   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
12141 
12142   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
12143   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
12144   // PrevDecl.
12145   TagDecl *New;
12146 
12147   bool IsForwardReference = false;
12148   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
12149     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
12150     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
12151     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12152                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
12153                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
12154     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
12155     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
12156       TagDecl *Def;
12157       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
12158           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
12159         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
12160         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
12161       }
12162       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
12163         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
12164           << New;
12165         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12166       } else {
12167         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
12168         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
12169           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
12170         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12171           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
12172         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
12173 
12174         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
12175         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
12176         // the declaration context.
12177         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
12178           IsForwardReference = true;
12179       }
12180     }
12181 
12182     if (EnumUnderlying) {
12183       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
12184       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
12185         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
12186       else
12187         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
12188       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
12189     }
12190 
12191   } else {
12192     // struct/union/class
12193 
12194     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
12195     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
12196     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12197       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
12198       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12199                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
12200 
12201       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
12202         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
12203     } else
12204       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12205                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
12206   }
12207 
12208   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
12209   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
12210   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12211     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
12212       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
12213     Invalid = true;
12214   }
12215 
12216   // Maybe add qualifier info.
12217   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
12218     if (SS.isSet()) {
12219       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
12220       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
12221       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
12222       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
12223       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
12224       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
12225           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
12226           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc))
12227         Invalid = true;
12228 
12229       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
12230       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
12231         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
12232       }
12233     }
12234     else
12235       Invalid = true;
12236   }
12237 
12238   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
12239     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
12240     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
12241     //
12242     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
12243     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
12244     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
12245     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
12246     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
12247     // parsing of the struct).
12248     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12249       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
12250       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
12251     }
12252   }
12253 
12254   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
12255     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
12256       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
12257         << 2
12258         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
12259     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
12260     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
12261     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
12262     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
12263       New->setModulePrivate();
12264   }
12265 
12266   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
12267   // check the specialization.
12268   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
12269     Invalid = true;
12270 
12271   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
12272   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
12273   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
12274   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
12275       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
12276     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12277       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
12278       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
12279       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
12280         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
12281             << Name;
12282         Invalid = true;
12283       }
12284     } else {
12285       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
12286     }
12287     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
12288   }
12289 
12290   if (Invalid)
12291     New->setInvalidDecl();
12292 
12293   if (Attr)
12294     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12295 
12296   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
12297   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
12298   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
12299 
12300   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
12301   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
12302   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
12303   // the tag name visible.
12304   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
12305     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
12306 
12307   // Set the access specifier.
12308   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
12309     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
12310 
12311   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
12312     New->startDefinition();
12313 
12314   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
12315   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12316     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
12317     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
12318     if (PrevDecl)
12319       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
12320 
12321     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12322     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12323     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
12324       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
12325         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
12326   } else if (Name) {
12327     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12328     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
12329     if (IsForwardReference)
12330       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12331 
12332   } else {
12333     CurContext->addDecl(New);
12334   }
12335 
12336   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
12337   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
12338     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
12339         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
12340         II->isStr("FILE"))
12341       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
12342 
12343   if (PrevDecl)
12344     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
12345 
12346   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12347   // record.
12348   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
12349 
12350   OwnedDecl = true;
12351   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
12352   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
12353   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
12354 }
12355 
12356 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12357   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12358   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12359 
12360   // Enter the tag context.
12361   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
12362 
12363   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
12364 
12365   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12366   // record.
12367   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
12368 }
12369 
12370 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
12371   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
12372          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
12373   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
12374   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
12375       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
12376   CurContext = OCD;
12377   return IDecl;
12378 }
12379 
12380 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12381                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
12382                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
12383                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
12384   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12385   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
12386 
12387   FieldCollector->StartClass();
12388 
12389   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
12390     return;
12391 
12392   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
12393     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
12394                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
12395 
12396   // C++ [class]p2:
12397   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
12398   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
12399   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
12400   //   as if it were a public member name.
12401   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
12402     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
12403                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
12404                             Record->getIdentifier(),
12405                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
12406                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
12407   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
12408   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
12409   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
12410   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
12411       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
12412   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
12413   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
12414          "Broken injected-class-name");
12415 }
12416 
12417 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12418                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
12419   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12420   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12421   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
12422 
12423   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12424   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12425     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
12426     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12427       RD->completeDefinition();
12428   }
12429 
12430   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
12431     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
12432 
12433   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
12434   PopDeclContext();
12435 
12436   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
12437       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
12438     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
12439 
12440   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
12441   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
12442     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
12443 }
12444 
12445 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
12446   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
12447   PopDeclContext();
12448 }
12449 
12450 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12451   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
12452   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
12453   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
12454 }
12455 
12456 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12457   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
12458   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
12459 }
12460 
12461 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12462   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12463   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12464   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
12465 
12466   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12467   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12468     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12469       RD->completeDefinition();
12470   }
12471 
12472   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
12473   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
12474   // the FieldCollector.
12475 
12476   PopDeclContext();
12477 }
12478 
12479 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
12480 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
12481                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
12482                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
12483                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
12484   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
12485   if (ZeroWidth)
12486     *ZeroWidth = true;
12487 
12488   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
12489   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
12490   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12491     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
12492     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
12493       return ExprError();
12494     if (FieldName)
12495       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
12496         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12497     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
12498       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12499   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
12500                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
12501     return ExprError();
12502 
12503   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
12504   // it now.
12505   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
12506     return BitWidth;
12507 
12508   llvm::APSInt Value;
12509   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
12510   if (ICE.isInvalid())
12511     return ICE;
12512   BitWidth = ICE.get();
12513 
12514   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
12515     *ZeroWidth = false;
12516 
12517   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
12518   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
12519     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
12520 
12521   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
12522     if (FieldName)
12523       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12524                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
12525     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12526       << Value.toString(10);
12527   }
12528 
12529   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
12530     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
12531     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
12532       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
12533           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12534         if (FieldName)
12535           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12536             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12537             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12538 
12539         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12540           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12541       }
12542 
12543       if (FieldName)
12544         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12545           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12546           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12547       else
12548         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12549           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12550     }
12551   }
12552 
12553   return BitWidth;
12554 }
12555 
12556 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
12557 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
12558 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
12559                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
12560   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
12561                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
12562                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
12563   return Res;
12564 }
12565 
12566 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
12567 ///
12568 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
12569                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
12570                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
12571                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12572                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
12573   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12574   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12575   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12576 
12577   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12578   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12579   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12580     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
12581 
12582     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
12583                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
12584       D.setInvalidType();
12585       T = Context.IntTy;
12586       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
12587     }
12588   }
12589 
12590   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
12591   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
12592     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
12593     D.setInvalidType();
12594   }
12595 
12596   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
12597   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
12598   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
12599     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
12600     D.setInvalidType();
12601   }
12602 
12603   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
12604 
12605   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
12606     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
12607          diag::err_invalid_thread)
12608       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
12609 
12610   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
12611   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12612   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
12613   LookupName(Previous, S);
12614   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
12615     case LookupResult::Found:
12616     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
12617       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
12618       break;
12619 
12620     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
12621       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12622       break;
12623 
12624     case LookupResult::NotFound:
12625     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
12626     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
12627       break;
12628   }
12629   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
12630 
12631   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12632     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12633     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
12634     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12635     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12636   }
12637 
12638   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
12639     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12640 
12641   bool Mutable
12642     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
12643   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
12644   FieldDecl *NewFD
12645     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
12646                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
12647 
12648   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
12649     Record->setInvalidDecl();
12650 
12651   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12652     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
12653 
12654   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
12655     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
12656     // with the same name in the same scope.
12657   } else if (II) {
12658     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
12659   } else
12660     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
12661 
12662   return NewFD;
12663 }
12664 
12665 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
12666 ///
12667 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
12668 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
12669 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
12670 /// created.
12671 ///
12672 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
12673 ///
12674 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
12675 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
12676                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12677                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
12678                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
12679                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12680                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
12681                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
12682                                 Declarator *D) {
12683   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
12684   bool InvalidDecl = false;
12685   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
12686 
12687   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
12688   // marking this declaration as invalid.
12689   if (T.isNull()) {
12690     InvalidDecl = true;
12691     T = Context.IntTy;
12692   }
12693 
12694   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
12695   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12696     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12697       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
12698       Record->setInvalidDecl();
12699       InvalidDecl = true;
12700     } else {
12701       NamedDecl *Def;
12702       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
12703       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
12704         Record->setInvalidDecl();
12705         InvalidDecl = true;
12706       }
12707     }
12708   }
12709 
12710   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12711   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12712     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12713     InvalidDecl = true;
12714   }
12715 
12716   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12717   // than a variably modified type.
12718   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12719     bool SizeIsNegative;
12720     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12721 
12722     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12723       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12724                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12725                                                     Oversized);
12726     if (FixedTInfo) {
12727       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12728       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12729       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12730     } else {
12731       if (SizeIsNegative)
12732         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12733       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12734         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12735           << Oversized.toString(10);
12736       else
12737         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12738       InvalidDecl = true;
12739     }
12740   }
12741 
12742   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12743   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
12744                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12745                                              AbstractFieldType))
12746     InvalidDecl = true;
12747 
12748   bool ZeroWidth = false;
12749   if (InvalidDecl)
12750     BitWidth = nullptr;
12751   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
12752   if (BitWidth) {
12753     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
12754                               &ZeroWidth).get();
12755     if (!BitWidth) {
12756       InvalidDecl = true;
12757       BitWidth = nullptr;
12758       ZeroWidth = false;
12759     }
12760   }
12761 
12762   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
12763   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
12764     unsigned DiagID = 0;
12765     if (T->isReferenceType())
12766       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
12767                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
12768     else if (T.isConstQualified())
12769       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
12770 
12771     if (DiagID) {
12772       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12773       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12774         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12775       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12776       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
12777         Mutable = false;
12778         InvalidDecl = true;
12779       }
12780     }
12781   }
12782 
12783   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12784   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12785   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12786   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12787     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12788 
12789   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12790                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12791   if (InvalidDecl)
12792     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12793 
12794   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12795     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12796     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12797     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12798   }
12799 
12800   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12801     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12802       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12803         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12804         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12805           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12806           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12807           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
12808           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
12809           // objects.
12810           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
12811             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12812         }
12813       }
12814 
12815       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
12816       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
12817       // enabled.
12818       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
12819         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
12820                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
12821                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
12822           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
12823         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
12824           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12825       }
12826     }
12827   }
12828 
12829   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
12830   // representation, not a parser representation.
12831   if (D) {
12832     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
12833     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
12834 
12835     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
12836       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
12837   }
12838 
12839   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
12840   // retainable type.
12841   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
12842     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12843 
12844   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
12845     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
12846 
12847   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
12848   return NewFD;
12849 }
12850 
12851 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
12852   assert(FD);
12853   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
12854 
12855   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
12856     return false;
12857 
12858   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12859   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12860     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12861     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12862       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
12863       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
12864       // copy constructors.
12865 
12866       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
12867       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
12868       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
12869       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
12870       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
12871       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
12872       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
12873         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
12874       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
12875         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
12876       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
12877         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
12878       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
12879         member = CXXDestructor;
12880 
12881       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
12882         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
12883             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
12884           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
12885           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
12886           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
12887           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
12888           // members unavailable.
12889           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
12890           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
12891             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
12892               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12893                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
12894                                   Loc));
12895             return false;
12896           }
12897         }
12898 
12899         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
12900                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
12901                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
12902           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
12903         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
12904         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
12905       }
12906     }
12907   }
12908 
12909   return false;
12910 }
12911 
12912 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
12913 ///  AST enum value.
12914 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
12915 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
12916   switch (ivarVisibility) {
12917   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
12918   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
12919   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
12920   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
12921   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
12922   }
12923 }
12924 
12925 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
12926 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
12927 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
12928                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
12929                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
12930                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
12931 
12932   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12933   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
12934   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12935   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12936 
12937   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
12938   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
12939 
12940   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12941   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12942 
12943   if (BitWidth) {
12944     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
12945     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
12946     if (!BitWidth)
12947       D.setInvalidType();
12948   } else {
12949     // Not a bitfield.
12950 
12951     // validate II.
12952 
12953   }
12954   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
12955     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
12956     D.setInvalidType();
12957   }
12958   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12959   // than a variably modified type.
12960   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12961     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
12962     D.setInvalidType();
12963   }
12964 
12965   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
12966   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
12967     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
12968                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
12969   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
12970   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
12971   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12972     return nullptr;
12973   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
12974   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12975       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12976     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
12977     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
12978       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
12979       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12980     }
12981     else
12982       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12983   } else {
12984     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12985         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12986       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12987         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12988         return nullptr;
12989       }
12990     }
12991     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12992   }
12993 
12994   // Construct the decl.
12995   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12996                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12997                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
12998 
12999   if (II) {
13000     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
13001                                            ForRedeclaration);
13002     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
13003         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13004       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
13005       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13006       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
13007     }
13008   }
13009 
13010   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
13011   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
13012 
13013   if (D.isInvalidType())
13014     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
13015 
13016   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
13017   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
13018     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
13019 
13020   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
13021     NewID->setModulePrivate();
13022 
13023   if (II) {
13024     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
13025     // these to the interface.
13026     S->AddDecl(NewID);
13027     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
13028   }
13029 
13030   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
13031       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
13032     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
13033 
13034   return NewID;
13035 }
13036 
13037 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
13038 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
13039 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
13040 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
13041 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
13042                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
13043   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
13044     return;
13045 
13046   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
13047   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
13048 
13049   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
13050     return;
13051   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
13052   if (!ID) {
13053     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
13054       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
13055         return;
13056     }
13057     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
13058     else
13059       return;
13060   }
13061   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
13062   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
13063   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
13064 
13065   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
13066                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
13067                               Context.CharTy,
13068                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
13069                                                                DeclLoc),
13070                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
13071                               true);
13072   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
13073 }
13074 
13075 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
13076                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
13077                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
13078   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
13079 
13080   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
13081   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
13082   // it will now change.
13083   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13084     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
13085     switch (DC->getKind()) {
13086     default: break;
13087     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
13088       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
13089       break;
13090     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
13091       Context.
13092         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
13093       break;
13094     }
13095   }
13096 
13097   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
13098 
13099   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
13100   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
13101   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
13102   if (Record) {
13103     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
13104       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
13105         if (IFD->getDeclName())
13106           ++NumNamedMembers;
13107     }
13108   }
13109 
13110   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
13111   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
13112 
13113   bool ARCErrReported = false;
13114   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
13115        i != end; ++i) {
13116     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
13117 
13118     // Get the type for the field.
13119     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
13120 
13121     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
13122       // Remember all fields written by the user.
13123       RecFields.push_back(FD);
13124     }
13125 
13126     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
13127     // diagnostics about it.
13128     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
13129       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13130       continue;
13131     }
13132 
13133     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
13134     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
13135     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
13136     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
13137     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
13138     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
13139     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
13140     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
13141     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
13142     //   array.
13143     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
13144       // Field declared as a function.
13145       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
13146         << FD->getDeclName();
13147       FD->setInvalidDecl();
13148       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13149       continue;
13150     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
13151                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
13152                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
13153                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
13154                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
13155       // Flexible array member.
13156       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
13157       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
13158       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
13159       unsigned DiagID = 0;
13160       if (Record->isUnion())
13161         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
13162                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
13163                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
13164                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
13165                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
13166       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
13167         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
13168                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
13169                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
13170                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
13171                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
13172                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
13173                                  : 0;
13174 
13175       if (DiagID)
13176         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
13177                                         << Record->getTagKind();
13178       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
13179       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
13180       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
13181       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
13182       // of the type.
13183       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
13184         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
13185           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
13186             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
13187       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
13188         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
13189           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
13190 
13191       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
13192       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
13193       //
13194       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
13195       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
13196       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13197       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
13198         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
13199           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
13200         FD->setInvalidDecl();
13201         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13202         continue;
13203       }
13204       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
13205       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
13206     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
13207                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
13208                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
13209       // Incomplete type
13210       FD->setInvalidDecl();
13211       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13212       continue;
13213     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13214       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
13215         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
13216         // flexible array member.
13217         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
13218         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
13219           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
13220           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
13221           // structures.
13222           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
13223             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
13224               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
13225           else {
13226             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
13227             // other structs as an extension.
13228             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
13229               << FD->getDeclName();
13230           }
13231         }
13232       }
13233       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
13234           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
13235                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13236                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
13237         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
13238         FD->setInvalidDecl();
13239       }
13240       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13241         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13242       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
13243         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13244     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
13245       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
13246       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
13247         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
13248       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
13249       FD->setType(T);
13250     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
13251                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
13252       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
13253       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
13254       // so we just make the field unavailable.
13255       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
13256       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
13257       QualType T = FD->getType();
13258       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
13259       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
13260         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
13261         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
13262           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
13263             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
13264                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
13265                               loc));
13266           }
13267         } else {
13268           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
13269             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
13270         }
13271         ARCErrReported = true;
13272       }
13273     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
13274                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
13275                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
13276       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13277           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
13278         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13279       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
13280         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13281         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
13282             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13283           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13284         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13285                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
13286                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13287       }
13288     }
13289     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
13290       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13291     // Keep track of the number of named members.
13292     if (FD->getIdentifier())
13293       ++NumNamedMembers;
13294   }
13295 
13296   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
13297   if (Record) {
13298     bool Completed = false;
13299     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
13300       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
13301         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
13302         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
13303                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
13304                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
13305           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
13306 
13307         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
13308           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
13309             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
13310             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
13311               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
13312                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
13313           }
13314 
13315           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
13316           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
13317 
13318           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
13319           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
13320           // problem now.
13321           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
13322             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
13323             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
13324 
13325             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
13326                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
13327                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
13328               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
13329                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
13330                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
13331                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
13332                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
13333                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
13334                   continue;
13335 
13336                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
13337                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
13338                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
13339                 //   program is ill-formed.
13340                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
13341                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
13342                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
13343                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
13344                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
13345                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
13346                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
13347                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
13348                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
13349                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
13350 
13351                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
13352               }
13353             }
13354             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
13355             Completed = true;
13356           }
13357         }
13358       }
13359     }
13360 
13361     if (!Completed)
13362       Record->completeDefinition();
13363 
13364     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
13365       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
13366 
13367       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
13368         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
13369                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
13370                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
13371     }
13372 
13373     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
13374     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
13375     // compatibility problems.
13376     bool CheckForZeroSize;
13377     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13378       CheckForZeroSize = true;
13379     } else {
13380       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
13381       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
13382       CheckForZeroSize =
13383           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
13384           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
13385           CXXRecord->isCLike();
13386     }
13387     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
13388       bool ZeroSize = true;
13389       bool IsEmpty = true;
13390       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
13391       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
13392                                       E = Record->field_end();
13393            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
13394         IsEmpty = false;
13395         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
13396           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
13397             ZeroSize = false;
13398         } else {
13399           ++NonBitFields;
13400           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
13401           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
13402               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
13403             ZeroSize = false;
13404         }
13405       }
13406 
13407       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
13408       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
13409       // extern "C" block.
13410       if (ZeroSize) {
13411         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
13412                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
13413                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
13414           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
13415       }
13416 
13417       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
13418       // but are accepted by GCC.
13419       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13420         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
13421                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
13422           << Record->isUnion();
13423       }
13424     }
13425   } else {
13426     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
13427       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
13428     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13429       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
13430       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
13431       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13432         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
13433         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13434       }
13435       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
13436       // duplicates.
13437       if (ID->getSuperClass())
13438         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
13439     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
13440                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13441       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
13442       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
13443         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
13444         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
13445         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
13446       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
13447       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13448       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13449     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
13450                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13451       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
13452       // reported as errors elsewhere.
13453       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
13454       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
13455       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
13456       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
13457       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
13458       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13459         if (IDecl) {
13460           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
13461               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13462             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13463                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13464             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13465             continue;
13466           }
13467           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
13468             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
13469                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13470               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13471                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13472               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13473               continue;
13474             }
13475           }
13476         }
13477         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
13478         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13479       }
13480       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13481       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13482     }
13483   }
13484 
13485   if (Attr)
13486     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
13487 }
13488 
13489 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
13490 /// the given type T.
13491 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
13492                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
13493                                         QualType T) {
13494   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13495   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
13496 
13497   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
13498     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
13499       --BitWidth;
13500     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
13501   }
13502   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
13503 }
13504 
13505 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
13506 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
13507 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
13508   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
13509   // enum checking below.
13510   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13511   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
13512   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13513     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
13514   };
13515   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13516     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
13517     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
13518   };
13519 
13520   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
13521   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
13522                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
13523   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
13524     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
13525       return Types[I];
13526 
13527   return QualType();
13528 }
13529 
13530 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
13531                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
13532                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
13533                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
13534                                           Expr *Val) {
13535   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13536   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
13537   QualType EltTy;
13538 
13539   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
13540     Val = nullptr;
13541 
13542   if (Val)
13543     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
13544 
13545   if (Val) {
13546     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
13547       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13548     else {
13549       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
13550       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
13551           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13552         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
13553         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
13554         // constant expression of the underlying type.
13555         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13556         ExprResult Converted =
13557           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
13558                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
13559         if (Converted.isInvalid())
13560           Val = nullptr;
13561         else
13562           Val = Converted.get();
13563       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
13564                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
13565                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
13566         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
13567       } else {
13568         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13569           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13570 
13571           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
13572           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
13573           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
13574           // expression checking.
13575           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13576             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13577               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13578               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13579             } else
13580               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13581           } else
13582             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13583         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13584           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
13585           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13586           //   is the type of its initializing value:
13587           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
13588           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
13589           EltTy = Val->getType();
13590         } else {
13591           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
13592           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
13593           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
13594           //   representable as an int.
13595 
13596           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
13597           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
13598             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13599               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
13600               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
13601           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
13602             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
13603             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13604           }
13605           EltTy = Val->getType();
13606         }
13607       }
13608     }
13609   }
13610 
13611   if (!Val) {
13612     if (Enum->isDependentType())
13613       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13614     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
13615       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13616       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13617       //   is the type of its initializing value:
13618       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
13619       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
13620       //
13621       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
13622       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
13623       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13624         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13625       }
13626       else {
13627         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
13628       }
13629     } else {
13630       // Assign the last value + 1.
13631       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13632       ++EnumVal;
13633       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
13634 
13635       // Check for overflow on increment.
13636       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
13637         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13638         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13639         //   is the type of its initializing value:
13640         //
13641         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
13642         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
13643         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
13644         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
13645         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
13646         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
13647         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
13648         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
13649           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
13650           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
13651           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13652           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
13653           ++EnumVal;
13654           if (Enum->isFixed())
13655             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
13656             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
13657               << EnumVal.toString(10)
13658               << EltTy;
13659           else
13660             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
13661               << EnumVal.toString(10);
13662         } else {
13663           EltTy = T;
13664         }
13665 
13666         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
13667         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
13668         // value, then increment.
13669         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13670         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13671         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13672         ++EnumVal;
13673 
13674         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
13675         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
13676         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
13677         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
13678         // integral type.
13679         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
13680           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
13681       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13682                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13683         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
13684         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13685           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
13686       }
13687     }
13688   }
13689 
13690   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13691     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
13692     // enumerator's type.
13693     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13694     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13695   }
13696 
13697   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
13698                                   Val, EnumVal);
13699 }
13700 
13701 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
13702                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
13703   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
13704       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13705     return SkipBodyInfo();
13706 
13707   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
13708   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
13709   // skip the body.
13710   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13711                                          ForRedeclaration);
13712   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
13713   NamedDecl *Hidden;
13714   if (PrevECD &&
13715       !hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()),
13716                             &Hidden)) {
13717     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
13718     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
13719     return Skip;
13720   }
13721 
13722   return SkipBodyInfo();
13723 }
13724 
13725 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
13726                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
13727                               AttributeList *Attr,
13728                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
13729   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
13730   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
13731     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
13732 
13733   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
13734   // we find one that is.
13735   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13736 
13737   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13738   // scope.
13739   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13740                                          ForRedeclaration);
13741   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13742     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13743     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
13744     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13745     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13746   }
13747 
13748   if (PrevDecl) {
13749     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
13750     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
13751     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
13752            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
13753     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
13754       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
13755         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
13756       else
13757         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
13758       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13759       return nullptr;
13760     }
13761   }
13762 
13763   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
13764   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
13765   // different from T:
13766   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
13767   // enumerated type
13768   if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
13769     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
13770                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
13771 
13772   EnumConstantDecl *New =
13773     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
13774 
13775   if (New) {
13776     // Process attributes.
13777     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13778 
13779     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
13780     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
13781     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
13782   }
13783 
13784   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
13785 
13786   return New;
13787 }
13788 
13789 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
13790 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13791 // Element2 = Element1
13792 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13793 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13794 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13795 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13796   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13797   if (!InitExpr)
13798     return true;
13799   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13800 
13801   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13802     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13803       return true;
13804     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13805     if (!IL)
13806       return true;
13807     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
13808       return true;
13809 
13810     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
13811   }
13812 
13813   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
13814   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
13815   if (!DRE)
13816     return true;
13817 
13818   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13819   if (!EnumConstant)
13820     return true;
13821 
13822   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
13823       Enum)
13824     return true;
13825 
13826   return false;
13827 }
13828 
13829 struct DupKey {
13830   int64_t val;
13831   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
13832   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
13833     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
13834 };
13835 
13836 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
13837   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
13838                 false);
13839 }
13840 
13841 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
13842   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
13843   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
13844   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
13845     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
13846   }
13847   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
13848     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
13849            LHS.val == RHS.val;
13850   }
13851 };
13852 
13853 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
13854 // a previous element has already been set to.
13855 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13856                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
13857                                         QualType EnumType) {
13858   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
13859     return;
13860   // Avoid anonymous enums
13861   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
13862     return;
13863 
13864   // Only check for small enums.
13865   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
13866     return;
13867 
13868   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
13869   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
13870 
13871   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
13872   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
13873           ValueToVectorMap;
13874 
13875   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
13876   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
13877 
13878   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
13879   // an initialier.
13880   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13881     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13882 
13883     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
13884     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
13885     if (!ECD) {
13886       return;
13887     }
13888 
13889     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
13890       continue;
13891 
13892     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13893     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13894 
13895     // First time encountering this value.
13896     if (Entry.isNull())
13897       Entry = ECD;
13898   }
13899 
13900   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
13901   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13902     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13903     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
13904       continue;
13905 
13906     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13907 
13908     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13909     if (Entry.isNull())
13910       continue;
13911 
13912     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
13913       // Ensure constants are different.
13914       if (D == ECD)
13915         continue;
13916 
13917       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
13918       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
13919       Vec->push_back(D);
13920       Vec->push_back(ECD);
13921 
13922       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
13923       Entry = Vec;
13924 
13925       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
13926       // diagnostics.
13927       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
13928       continue;
13929     }
13930 
13931     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
13932     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
13933     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
13934       continue;
13935 
13936     Vec->push_back(ECD);
13937   }
13938 
13939   // Emit diagnostics.
13940   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
13941                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
13942        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
13943     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
13944     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
13945 
13946     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
13947     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
13948     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
13949       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13950       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13951     ++I;
13952 
13953     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
13954     // the same value.
13955     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
13956       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
13957         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13958         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13959     delete Vec;
13960   }
13961 }
13962 
13963 bool
13964 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
13965                         bool AllowMask) const {
13966   FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>();
13967   assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum");
13968 
13969   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits();
13970   unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth();
13971 
13972   // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first.
13973   llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width);
13974 
13975   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
13976   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
13977   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
13978   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
13979   //
13980   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
13981   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
13982   // likely a logic error.
13983   if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal))
13984     return true;
13985 
13986   if (AllowMask) {
13987     // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider
13988     // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums.
13989     // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the
13990     // benefit of the doubt.
13991     //
13992     // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended
13993     // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types
13994     // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't
13995     // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases,
13996     // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may
13997     // be fine just to accept this as a warning.
13998     ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth());
13999     if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal))
14000       return true;
14001   }
14002 
14003   return false;
14004 }
14005 
14006 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
14007                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
14008                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
14009                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
14010   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
14011   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
14012 
14013   if (Attr)
14014     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
14015 
14016   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
14017     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14018       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
14019         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14020       if (!ECD) continue;
14021 
14022       ECD->setType(EnumType);
14023     }
14024 
14025     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
14026     return;
14027   }
14028 
14029   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
14030   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
14031   // emit a warning.
14032   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
14033   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
14034   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
14035 
14036   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
14037   // reverse the list.
14038   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
14039   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
14040 
14041   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
14042   bool AllElementsInt = true;
14043 
14044   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14045     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
14046       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14047     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14048 
14049     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14050 
14051     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
14052     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
14053       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
14054                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
14055     else
14056       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
14057                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
14058 
14059     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
14060     if (AllElementsInt)
14061       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
14062   }
14063 
14064   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
14065   QualType BestType;
14066   unsigned BestWidth;
14067 
14068   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
14069   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
14070   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
14071   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
14072   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
14073   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
14074   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
14075   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
14076   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
14077   QualType BestPromotionType;
14078 
14079   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
14080   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
14081   // enum definitions.
14082   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
14083     Packed = true;
14084 
14085   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
14086     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
14087     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
14088       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
14089     else
14090       BestPromotionType = BestType;
14091 
14092     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
14093   }
14094   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
14095     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
14096     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
14097     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
14098     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
14099       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
14100       BestWidth = CharWidth;
14101     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
14102                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
14103       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
14104       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
14105     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
14106       BestType = Context.IntTy;
14107       BestWidth = IntWidth;
14108     } else {
14109       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
14110 
14111       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
14112         BestType = Context.LongTy;
14113       } else {
14114         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
14115 
14116         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
14117           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
14118         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
14119       }
14120     }
14121     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
14122   } else {
14123     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
14124     // all of the enumerator values.
14125     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
14126     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
14127       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
14128       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
14129       BestWidth = CharWidth;
14130     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
14131       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
14132       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
14133       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
14134     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
14135       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
14136       BestWidth = IntWidth;
14137       BestPromotionType
14138         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14139                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
14140     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
14141                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
14142       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
14143       BestPromotionType
14144         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14145                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
14146     } else {
14147       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
14148       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
14149              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
14150       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
14151       BestPromotionType
14152         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14153                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
14154     }
14155   }
14156 
14157   FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>();
14158   if (FEAttr)
14159     FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0);
14160 
14161   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
14162   // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the
14163   // FlagBits cache.
14164   for (auto *D : Elements) {
14165     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
14166     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14167 
14168     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
14169     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
14170     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
14171     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
14172     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
14173 
14174     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
14175     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14176 
14177     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
14178     // the enum decl type.
14179     QualType NewTy;
14180     unsigned NewWidth;
14181     bool NewSign;
14182     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14183         !Enum->isFixed() &&
14184         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
14185       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
14186       NewWidth = IntWidth;
14187       NewSign = true;
14188     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
14189       // Already the right type!
14190       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14191         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
14192         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
14193         // enumeration.
14194         ECD->setType(EnumType);
14195       goto flagbits;
14196     } else {
14197       NewTy = BestType;
14198       NewWidth = BestWidth;
14199       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
14200     }
14201 
14202     // Adjust the APSInt value.
14203     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
14204     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
14205     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
14206 
14207     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
14208     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
14209         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
14210       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
14211                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
14212                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
14213                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
14214                                                 VK_RValue));
14215     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14216       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
14217       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
14218       // enumeration.
14219       ECD->setType(EnumType);
14220     else
14221       ECD->setType(NewTy);
14222 
14223 flagbits:
14224     // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x
14225     // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set.
14226     if (FEAttr) {
14227       llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth);
14228       if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) {
14229         FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal;
14230       }
14231     }
14232   }
14233 
14234   if (FEAttr) {
14235     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
14236       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
14237       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14238 
14239       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14240       if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
14241         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
14242           << ECD << Enum;
14243     }
14244   }
14245 
14246 
14247 
14248   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
14249                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
14250 
14251   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
14252 
14253   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
14254   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
14255     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
14256 }
14257 
14258 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
14259                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
14260                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
14261   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
14262 
14263   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
14264                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
14265                                                    EndLoc);
14266   CurContext->addDecl(New);
14267   return New;
14268 }
14269 
14270 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
14271                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14272                                      DeclContext *DC) {
14273   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
14274     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
14275     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
14276       if (!M->IsExternC) {
14277         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
14278           << M->getFullModuleName();
14279         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
14280         return;
14281       }
14282       break;
14283     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
14284       break;
14285     }
14286     DC = LSD->getParent();
14287   }
14288 
14289   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
14290     DC = DC->getParent();
14291   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
14292     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
14293       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
14294     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
14295            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
14296       << DC;
14297   }
14298 }
14299 
14300 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
14301                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14302                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
14303   Module *Mod =
14304       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
14305                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
14306   if (!Mod)
14307     return true;
14308 
14309   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc);
14310 
14311   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
14312 
14313   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
14314   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
14315   // silently ignoring the import.
14316   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
14317     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
14318         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
14319   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
14320     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
14321         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
14322 
14323   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
14324   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
14325   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
14326     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
14327     // We need the length to be consistent.
14328     if (!ModCheck)
14329       break;
14330     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
14331 
14332     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
14333   }
14334 
14335   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
14336                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
14337                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
14338                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
14339   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
14340   return Import;
14341 }
14342 
14343 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14344   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14345 
14346   // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes
14347   // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an
14348   // implementation detail of us building the module.
14349   //
14350   // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those?
14351   bool IsInModuleIncludes =
14352       TUKind == TU_Module &&
14353       getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc);
14354 
14355   // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an
14356   // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST.
14357   if (!IsInModuleIncludes) {
14358     TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14359     ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14360                                                      DirectiveLoc, Mod,
14361                                                      DirectiveLoc);
14362     TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14363     Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14364   }
14365 
14366   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc);
14367   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14368 }
14369 
14370 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14371   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14372 
14373   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
14374     VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules));
14375   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14376 }
14377 
14378 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14379   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14380 
14381   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
14382     VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back());
14383     VisibleModulesStack.pop_back();
14384     VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14385   }
14386 }
14387 
14388 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
14389                                                       Module *Mod) {
14390   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
14391   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
14392     return;
14393 
14394   // Create the implicit import declaration.
14395   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14396   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14397                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
14398   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14399   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14400 
14401   // Make the module visible.
14402   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc);
14403   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc);
14404 }
14405 
14406 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14407                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14408                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14409                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
14410                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14411   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
14412                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
14413   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
14414       AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc);
14415 
14416   // If a declaration that:
14417   // 1) declares a function or a variable
14418   // 2) has external linkage
14419   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
14420   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
14421     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
14422       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
14423     else
14424       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
14425           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
14426   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
14427   } else
14428     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
14429 }
14430 
14431 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14432                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14433                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
14434   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
14435 
14436   if (PrevDecl) {
14437     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
14438   } else {
14439     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14440       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
14441         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
14442   }
14443 }
14444 
14445 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14446                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14447                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14448                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
14449                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14450   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
14451                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
14452   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
14453 
14454   if (PrevDecl) {
14455     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
14456       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
14457         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
14458   } else {
14459     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14460       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
14461   }
14462 }
14463 
14464 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
14465   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
14466 }
14467 
14468 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
14469   const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
14470   if (!D)
14471     return AR_Available;
14472 
14473   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
14474   // both the availability of the method as well as the
14475   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
14476   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
14477   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
14478   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
14479     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
14480     if (R != AR_Available)
14481       return R;
14482     D = MD->getClassInterface();
14483   }
14484   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
14485   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
14486   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
14487             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
14488     D = ID->getClassInterface();
14489   }
14490   // Recover from user error.
14491   return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available;
14492 }
14493